1 #LyX 2.0 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
48 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
49 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
51 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
53 \options intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading
54 \use_default_options false
55 \maintain_unincluded_children false
57 \language_package default
62 \font_typewriter default
63 \font_default_family default
64 \use_non_tex_fonts false
71 \default_output_format default
73 \bibtex_command default
74 \index_command default
78 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
79 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
83 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
84 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
85 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
90 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
91 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false"
101 \paperorientation portrait
104 \notefontcolor #0000ff
121 \paragraph_separation indent
122 \paragraph_indentation default
123 \quotes_language english
126 \paperpagestyle default
127 \tracking_changes true
128 \output_changes false
132 \author -712698321 "Jürgen Spitzmüller"
134 \author 1607599024 "Richard Heck" rgheck@comcast.net
148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
150 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
152 \begin_inset CommandInset href
154 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
165 \begin_inset Newline newline
169 \begin_inset Newline newline
173 \begin_inset Note Note
176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
177 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
178 \begin_inset Newline newline
183 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
191 \begin_layout Standard
192 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
193 LatexCommand tableofcontents
200 \begin_layout Chapter
204 \begin_layout Section
208 \begin_layout Standard
209 LyX is a document preparation system.
210 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
211 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
212 It is unlike most other
213 \begin_inset Quotes eld
217 \begin_inset Quotes erd
220 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
222 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
223 \begin_inset Quotes eld
227 \begin_inset Quotes erd
231 \begin_inset Quotes eld
235 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
238 pt type, left justified, 5
239 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
243 \begin_inset Quotes erd
247 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
251 \begin_layout Standard
252 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
255 \begin_inset Quotes eld
259 \begin_inset Quotes erd
265 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
269 \begin_layout Standard
271 \begin_inset Quotes eld
279 \begin_inset Quotes erd
282 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
283 the format of all of the manuals.
284 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
285 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
288 \begin_inset Quotes eld
296 \begin_inset Quotes erd
302 \begin_layout Section
306 \begin_layout Standard
307 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
309 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
310 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
314 \begin_layout Standard
315 Note that there is no horizontal scrollbar.
316 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
317 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
319 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
320 only a vertical scrollbar.
321 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
322 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
323 This, however, is due
324 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
325 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
326 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
327 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
329 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
330 this doesn't work for equations yet.
333 \begin_layout Standard
334 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
340 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
342 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
347 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
348 ing sections of this documentation.
351 \begin_layout Section
355 \begin_layout Standard
356 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
361 of the manuals from inside LyX.
362 Just select the manual you want read from the
369 \begin_layout Section
371 \begin_inset CommandInset label
373 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
380 \begin_layout Standard
381 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
382 without resorting to configuration files.
383 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
384 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
385 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
390 \begin_inset Index idx
393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
400 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
401 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
402 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
406 \begin_inset space \space{}
409 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
410 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
412 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
416 \begin_inset Index idx
419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
420 Reconfiguration of LyX
425 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
428 \begin_layout Section
430 \begin_inset CommandInset label
432 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
439 \begin_layout Standard
440 You can edit documents in LyX without having LaTeX installed, but you will
441 not to able to create PDFs or print your documents unless you do have it
443 However, some LyX documents use DocBook as the `backend' that can produce
444 PDFs and the like, and every LyX document can always be output as plain
448 \begin_layout Standard
449 Some document classes may depend upon specific LaTeX or DocBook classes
451 Such document classes can be used even if you do not have the required
452 files installed, but you will not be able to produce certain kinds of output.
455 \begin_layout Standard
456 The LaTeX packages that LyX has found on your system are listed in a file
457 you can view from the menu
459 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
478 If you are missing packages you need, then you must install them and then
479 reconfigure LyX (menu
481 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
485 \begin_inset Note Note
488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
489 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
490 \begin_inset Quotes eld
494 \begin_inset Quotes erd
497 from being printed with sub- and superscript letters.
498 More about TeX Code is described in section
503 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
505 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
509 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
514 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
516 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
526 \begin_inset Index idx
529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
530 Reconfiguration of LyX
535 See section 5.1 of the
539 manual for more information on installing additional LaTeX packages.
542 \begin_layout Chapter
546 \begin_layout Section
547 Basic File Operations
548 \begin_inset Index idx
551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
560 \begin_layout Standard
565 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
566 in addition to some more advanced operations:
569 \begin_layout Itemize
581 \begin_layout Itemize
599 \begin_layout Itemize
611 \begin_layout Itemize
617 \begin_layout Itemize
629 \begin_layout Itemize
639 \begin_layout Itemize
653 \begin_layout Itemize
663 \begin_layout Itemize
669 \begin_layout Itemize
675 \begin_layout Itemize
681 arg "dialog-show print"
687 \begin_layout Itemize
693 \begin_layout Standard
694 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
695 a few minor differences.
698 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
713 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
714 you for a template to use.
715 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
716 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
717 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
723 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
725 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
732 \begin_layout Standard
733 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
742 \begin_inset Quotes eld
746 \begin_inset Quotes erd
750 \begin_inset Quotes eld
754 \begin_inset Quotes erd
758 \begin_inset Quotes eld
762 \begin_inset Quotes erd
765 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
766 space is just that — a big, blank space.
774 \begin_layout Standard
795 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
800 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
825 will reload the document from disk.
826 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
827 and want to restore it to the last save.
836 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
837 can identify them as your changes.
840 \begin_layout Section
841 Basic Editing Features
842 \begin_inset Index idx
845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
852 \begin_inset CommandInset label
854 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
861 \begin_layout Standard
862 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
863 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
864 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
865 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
867 We'll start with cut and paste.
870 \begin_layout Standard
871 As you might expect, the
875 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
876 various other editing features.
877 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
881 \begin_layout Itemize
895 \begin_layout Itemize
909 \begin_layout Itemize
923 \begin_layout Itemize
933 \begin_layout Itemize
943 \begin_layout Itemize
959 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
965 \begin_layout Standard
966 The first three are self-explanatory.
967 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
968 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
977 keys also function as the
982 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
983 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
988 to get back the lost text.
991 \begin_layout Standard
992 \begin_inset Index idx
995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1001 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
1005 \begin_inset space ~
1010 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
1013 \begin_layout Standard
1016 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1018 \begin_inset space ~
1021 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1023 \begin_inset space ~
1027 \begin_inset space ~
1032 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1038 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1042 \begin_inset space ~
1047 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1048 will start a new paragraph.
1051 \begin_layout Standard
1052 \begin_inset Index idx
1055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1062 \begin_inset Index idx
1065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1073 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1075 \begin_inset space ~
1079 \begin_inset space ~
1087 \begin_inset space ~
1091 \begin_inset space ~
1097 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1102 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1105 \begin_inset space ~
1114 \begin_inset space ~
1119 button to skip the current word.
1123 \begin_inset space ~
1128 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1132 \begin_inset space ~
1137 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1139 If the toggle is set, searching for
1140 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1148 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1151 will not match the word
1152 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1160 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1166 Match whole words only
1168 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, e.
1169 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1173 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1181 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1185 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1193 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1197 LyX offers also an advanced
1200 \begin_inset space ~
1204 \begin_inset space ~
1209 feature that is described in sec.
1210 \begin_inset space ~
1214 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1216 reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
1223 \begin_layout Standard
1224 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1225 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1227 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1232 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1239 \begin_layout Section
1241 \begin_inset Index idx
1244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1251 \begin_inset Index idx
1254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1261 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1263 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1270 \begin_layout Standard
1271 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1272 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1275 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1278 or the toolbar button
1284 to undo some mistake.
1285 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1287 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1290 or the toolbar button
1297 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1301 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1304 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1305 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1308 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1311 \begin_layout Standard
1312 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1314 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1318 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1321 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1322 This is a consequence of the 100
1323 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1326 step undo limit, above.
1329 \begin_layout Standard
1338 work on almost everything in LyX.
1339 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1343 \begin_layout Section
1345 \begin_inset Index idx
1348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1357 \begin_layout Standard
1358 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1361 \begin_layout Enumerate
1366 \begin_layout Itemize
1371 once anywhere in the edit window.
1372 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1376 \begin_layout Enumerate
1381 \begin_layout Itemize
1387 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1390 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1393 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1396 \begin_layout Itemize
1397 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1399 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1406 \begin_layout Enumerate
1407 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1411 \begin_layout Standard
1412 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1413 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1417 \begin_layout Enumerate
1422 \begin_layout Standard
1427 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1432 \begin_layout Section
1434 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1436 name "sec:Navigating"
1441 \begin_inset Index idx
1444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1453 \begin_layout Standard
1454 LyX offers you two ways to navigate in documents:
1457 \begin_layout Itemize
1462 lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click
1463 to jump to the corresponding document part.
1466 \begin_layout Itemize
1469 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1472 or the toolbar button
1475 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
1481 \begin_layout Standard
1482 The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
1483 (TOC) that is described in section
1484 \begin_inset space ~
1488 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1490 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1495 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1496 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1497 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1498 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1499 to the document, see section
1500 \begin_inset space ~
1504 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1506 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1515 option sorts the current list, and the
1519 option keeps it in the current view state.
1520 Keeping means that when you have e.
1521 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1525 \begin_inset space \space{}
1528 the subsections of section
1529 \begin_inset space ~
1532 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1533 \begin_inset space ~
1536 3, the subsections of section
1537 \begin_inset space ~
1540 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1545 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1546 \begin_inset space ~
1552 \begin_layout Standard
1554 \begin_inset space \space{}
1558 \begin_inset Graphics
1559 filename ../images/down.png
1561 groupId toolbarbuttons
1566 \begin_inset space ~
1570 \begin_inset space \space{}
1574 \begin_inset Graphics
1575 filename ../images/up.png
1577 groupId toolbarbuttons
1582 \begin_inset space ~
1585 at the bottom of the outline window you can change the position of sections
1587 So you can for example move section
1588 \begin_inset space ~
1592 \begin_inset space ~
1596 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1600 arg "depth-decrement"
1606 arg "depth-increment"
1609 or the corresponding key bindings
1617 you can change the sectioning level of sections.
1618 So you can for example make section
1619 \begin_inset space ~
1623 \begin_inset space ~
1627 \begin_inset space ~
1633 \begin_layout Standard
1637 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
1640 jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1641 This is for example useful when you have a large document and navigated
1642 or scrolled to another document part to look for something, and want to
1643 go back to your last editing position.
1646 \begin_layout Section
1647 Input / Word Completion
1648 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1650 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1655 \begin_inset Index idx
1658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1665 \begin_inset Index idx
1668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1699 \begin_layout Standard
1700 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1702 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1703 is used to propose completions.
1706 \begin_layout Standard
1707 By default LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that
1708 there are completions available.
1709 You can then press the
1713 key to use this completion.
1714 When several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1715 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1716 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1723 \begin_layout Standard
1724 In the preferences dialog, which is opened with the menu
1726 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1729 , the cursor completion indicator can be turned off in the section
1731 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1734 by deselecting the option
1741 Automatic inline completion
1743 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor position.
1744 To accept this proposal, use the
1753 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1754 LyX offers some more completion settings for experts that are described
1756 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1760 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1762 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
1769 \begin_layout Section
1771 \begin_inset Index idx
1774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1781 \begin_inset Index idx
1784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1813 \begin_inset Index idx
1816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1847 \begin_layout Standard
1848 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1849 LyX's default is CUA.
1852 \begin_layout Standard
1856 \begin_inset space ~
1864 \begin_inset space ~
1885 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1889 \begin_layout Labeling
1890 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1894 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1895 LatexCommand nomenclature
1897 description "Tabulator key"
1903 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1904 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1905 \begin_inset space ~
1909 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1911 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1916 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1918 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1922 , especially section
1923 \begin_inset space ~
1927 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1929 reference "sub:Lists"
1935 If you're still confused, look in the
1942 \begin_layout Labeling
1943 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1947 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1948 LatexCommand nomenclature
1950 description "Escape key"
1957 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1961 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1964 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1965 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1968 \begin_layout Labeling
1969 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1975 \begin_inset space ~
1979 \begin_inset space ~
1986 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1987 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1991 \begin_layout Standard
1992 There are three modifier keys:
1995 \begin_layout Labeling
1996 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2002 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2010 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2014 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2015 LatexCommand nomenclature
2017 description "Control key"
2021 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
2022 on which keys it's used in combination with:
2026 \begin_layout Itemize
2035 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2038 \begin_layout Itemize
2047 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2050 \begin_layout Itemize
2059 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2063 \begin_layout Labeling
2064 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2070 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2078 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2082 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2083 LatexCommand nomenclature
2085 description "Shift key"
2089 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
2090 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2093 \begin_layout Labeling
2094 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2100 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2108 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2112 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2113 LatexCommand nomenclature
2115 description "Alt or Meta key"
2119 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2120 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2121 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2127 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2129 menu accelerator keys
2132 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2133 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2137 \begin_layout Standard
2138 For example, the sequence
2139 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2145 \begin_inset space ~
2149 \begin_inset space ~
2155 \begin_inset space ~
2163 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2167 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2171 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2176 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2182 \begin_inset space ~
2188 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2198 \begin_layout Standard
2203 manual lists all other things bound to the
2211 \begin_layout Standard
2212 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
2213 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
2214 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
2215 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
2216 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
2217 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
2218 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
2219 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2220 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2228 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2235 followed by a capital
2242 \begin_layout Standard
2243 You can list or change the keybindings in the menu
2245 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2250 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2253 as explained in sec.
2254 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2258 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2260 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2267 \begin_layout Chapter
2269 \begin_inset Index idx
2272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2281 \begin_layout Section
2283 \begin_inset Index idx
2286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2295 \begin_layout Subsection
2299 \begin_layout Standard
2300 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2301 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2302 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2303 numbering schemes, and so on.
2304 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2305 and format the title of your document differently.
2308 \begin_layout Standard
2313 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2314 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2315 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2316 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2317 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2320 \begin_layout Standard
2321 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2322 how to adjust their properties.
2325 \begin_layout Subsection
2327 \begin_inset Index idx
2330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2337 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2339 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2346 \begin_layout Standard
2347 You can select a class using the
2349 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2350 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2354 \begin_inset Index idx
2357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2364 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2368 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2372 \begin_layout Standard
2373 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2377 \begin_layout Description
2378 Article for basic articles
2381 \begin_layout Description
2382 Report for basic reports
2385 \begin_layout Description
2386 Book for writing a book
2389 \begin_layout Description
2390 Letter for US-style letters
2393 \begin_layout Standard
2394 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2395 installed the corresponding LaTeX class files, though most LaTeX distributions
2396 will include many of these.
2397 Here are some of the classes.
2398 The full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter
2400 Special Document Classes
2409 \begin_layout Description
2410 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2413 \begin_layout Description
2414 ACS For submissions to the journals published by the American Chemistry
2418 \begin_layout Description
2419 AGU For submissions to the journals published by the American Geophysical
2423 \begin_layout Description
2424 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2425 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2426 There are three article layouts available.
2427 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2428 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2429 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2430 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2432 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2435 sequential numbering
2436 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2439 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2440 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2441 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2442 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2445 \begin_layout Description
2446 Beamer Layout for presentations
2449 \begin_layout Description
2450 Broadway Layout for writing plays.
2451 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2455 \begin_layout Description
2456 Chess Layout to write about chess games
2459 \begin_layout Description
2461 \begin_inset space ~
2464 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2467 \begin_layout Description
2468 Elsarticle Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2471 \begin_layout Description
2472 Foils Used to make transparencies
2475 \begin_layout Description
2476 Hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2477 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2481 \begin_layout Description
2482 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2483 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2486 \begin_layout Description
2487 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2490 \begin_layout Description
2491 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2494 \begin_layout Description
2495 KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2496 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2497 (Is used by this document.)
2500 \begin_layout Description
2501 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2504 \begin_layout Description
2505 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2508 \begin_layout Description
2513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2520 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2521 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2523 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2526 \begin_layout Description
2527 Slides Used to make transparencies
2530 \begin_layout Description
2532 \begin_inset space ~
2535 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2536 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2539 \begin_layout Description
2540 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2543 \begin_layout Standard
2544 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2546 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in Chapter
2552 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2553 of the document classes.
2556 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2560 \begin_layout Standard
2562 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953623
2563 New users are sometimes puzzled by the fact
2564 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953628
2565 You will probably find
2567 that many of the document classes listed under
2569 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2570 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2572 \begin_inset Index idx
2575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2584 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2588 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2593 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953653
2594 If you open a document that uses such a class, you will
2595 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953655
2596 Or they are surprised that, when they open e.
2597 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2601 \begin_inset space ~
2610 receive a warning saying that
2611 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953700
2612 there are files that are required to produce output that are not installed.
2614 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953702
2615 the document requires files that are not installed to produce output.
2619 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953709
2623 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953710
2626 that something is wrong.
2629 \begin_layout Standard
2631 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953717
2633 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953719
2637 LyX includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use,
2638 and some of them, like
2642 , are highly specialized.
2644 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953729
2647 LyX tries to support as many different types of documents as possible, and
2648 it includes almost one hundred different layout files, with a growing number.
2649 No LaTeX distribution will install by default all files that might be needed
2650 by some document class.
2651 There are just too many of them.
2652 That is why some of the document classes are unavailable.
2655 \begin_layout Standard
2656 If there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as
2657 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2661 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2664 , you just need to install the appropriate package files.
2665 The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to use that
2666 document class for a new file.
2667 LyX will display a dialog that will list the missing files.
2669 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2672 Installing new LaTeX files
2673 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2680 manual for information on how to install them.
2681 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
2687 \begin_layout Standard
2688 Although LyX provides support for many different sorts of documents, it
2689 does not include support for every document class people might want to
2691 For example, many universities provide LaTeX class files to be used for
2692 dissertations submitted to those universities.
2693 The LyX team cannot write layout files to support every one of these.
2695 Fortunately, users can write their own layout files, and many users have
2698 \begin_inset space ~
2705 manual contains information on how to create layout files.
2708 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2710 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2717 \begin_inset Index idx
2720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2729 \begin_layout Standard
2730 Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the
2731 chosen document class.
2732 For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document.
2733 This is not available in any document class, so you have to load the correspond
2740 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2744 \begin_inset Index idx
2747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2754 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of the
2758 \begin_layout Standard
2759 Some modules require LaTeX packages
2760 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953807
2761 or file format converters
2763 that are not always installed by default.
2764 LyX will warn you if you do not have
2765 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953817
2767 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953818
2771 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953887
2772 or converter, and it will tell you what exactly you are missing
2775 You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not
2776 be able to export to PDF or print your document, since LyX will not be
2777 able to compile the LaTeX file without the missing
2778 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953839
2780 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953843
2784 If you want to be able to produce output, then you need to install the
2786 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953855
2788 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953855
2791 and then reconfigure LyX by selecting
2793 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2797 \begin_inset Index idx
2800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2801 Reconfiguration of LyX
2807 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2810 Installing new LaTeX files
2811 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2818 manual for more information on installing needed packages.
2821 \begin_layout Standard
2822 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2830 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2831 LyX will advise you about these things.
2839 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2843 \begin_layout Standard
2844 Each class has a default set of options.
2845 Here's a quick table describing them:
2848 \begin_layout Standard
2849 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2855 \begin_layout Standard
2857 \begin_inset Tabular
2858 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2859 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
2860 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2861 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2862 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2863 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2864 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3318 \begin_layout Standard
3319 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3325 \begin_layout Standard
3326 You're probably also wondering what
3327 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3331 \begin_inset space ~
3335 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3339 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3340 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3345 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3350 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3360 headings, there are also
3368 headings, and so on.
3369 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3370 \begin_inset space ~
3374 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3376 reference "sub:Headings"
3383 \begin_layout Subsection
3385 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3387 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3392 \begin_inset Index idx
3395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3404 \begin_inset Index idx
3407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3416 \begin_layout Standard
3417 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3419 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3430 \begin_inset space ~
3435 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3437 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3438 to use for your document.
3439 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3443 \begin_layout Standard
3450 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3456 \begin_inset space ~
3461 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3462 You can choose between the following five options:
3465 \begin_layout Labeling
3466 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3471 Use default page style of current class.
3474 \begin_layout Labeling
3475 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3480 No page numbers or headings.
3483 \begin_layout Labeling
3484 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3492 \begin_layout Labeling
3493 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3498 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3499 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3500 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3503 \begin_layout Labeling
3504 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3509 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3515 \begin_inset Index idx
3518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3519 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3525 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3526 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3528 Check the documentation for the
3532 package for more details,
3533 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3542 \begin_layout Standard
3547 of paragraphs is described in section
3548 \begin_inset space ~
3552 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3554 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3561 \begin_layout Subsection
3562 Paper Size and Orientation
3563 \begin_inset Index idx
3566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3567 Document ! Paper size
3573 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3575 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3582 \begin_layout Standard
3583 You'll find the following options in the menu
3586 \begin_inset space ~
3591 of the dialog of the
3593 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3599 \begin_inset Index idx
3602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3611 \begin_layout Labeling
3612 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3616 \begin_inset space ~
3621 What size paper to print on.
3625 \begin_layout Itemize
3631 \begin_layout Itemize
3641 \begin_layout Itemize
3647 \begin_layout Itemize
3653 \begin_layout Itemize
3659 \begin_layout Itemize
3665 \begin_layout Itemize
3671 \begin_layout Labeling
3672 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3677 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3688 \begin_layout Labeling
3689 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3693 \begin_inset space ~
3698 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3699 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3702 \begin_layout Subsection
3704 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3711 \begin_inset Index idx
3714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3721 \begin_inset Index idx
3724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3733 \begin_layout Standard
3734 Paper margins are set in the menu
3736 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3740 \begin_inset Index idx
3743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3752 \begin_layout Standard
3753 If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings.
3754 Because KOMA-Script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3755 the paper format and the font size into account.
3758 \begin_layout Subsection
3762 \begin_layout Standard
3763 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3768 That includes the paragraph environments.
3769 Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document
3770 classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3771 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX will mark the
3772 paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as
3773 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3777 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3781 The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to
3783 But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you
3784 will either need to create a new style yourself or else to convert these
3785 paragraphs manually to a style present in your new document class.
3788 \begin_layout Section
3789 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3790 \begin_inset Index idx
3793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3794 Paragraph ! Indentation
3802 \begin_layout Subsection
3804 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3806 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3813 \begin_layout Standard
3814 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3815 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3818 \begin_layout Standard
3819 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3820 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3821 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3822 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3826 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3832 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3833 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3834 language than English.
3835 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3838 \begin_layout Standard
3839 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3840 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3842 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3843 LyX takes care of that.
3844 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3846 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3847 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3848 of a page, and so on.
3852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3853 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3858 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3859 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3863 of these pre-coded spacings.
3864 We'll explain more later.
3867 \begin_layout Subsection
3868 Paragraph Separation
3869 \begin_inset Index idx
3872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3873 Paragraph ! Separation
3881 \begin_layout Standard
3882 To separate paragraphs, select
3893 \begin_inset space ~
3900 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3904 \begin_inset Index idx
3907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3913 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3914 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3915 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3918 \begin_layout Standard
3928 \begin_layout Standard
3929 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3930 \begin_inset space ~
3934 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3936 reference "cap:Units"
3941 The default length is 30
3942 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3948 \begin_layout Subsection
3952 \begin_layout Standard
3953 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3956 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3958 \begin_inset space ~
3963 dialog and toggle the
3966 \begin_inset space ~
3971 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
3974 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
3978 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3979 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3983 \begin_layout Standard
3984 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3985 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3988 \begin_layout Subsection
3990 \begin_inset Index idx
3993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3994 Paragraph ! Line spacing
4002 \begin_layout Standard
4005 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4009 \begin_inset Index idx
4012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4021 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
4024 \begin_inset space ~
4033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4034 You need to have the LaTeX-package
4039 \begin_inset Index idx
4042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4043 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
4048 installed to use this feature.
4056 \begin_layout Section
4057 Paragraph Environments
4058 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4060 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
4065 \begin_inset Index idx
4068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4069 Paragraph ! Environments
4075 \begin_inset Index idx
4078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4079 Paragraph environments|(
4087 \begin_layout Subsection
4091 \begin_layout Standard
4092 Paragraph environments correspond to the
4095 \begin_layout Standard
4114 \begin_inset Newline newline
4117 command sequence in LaTeX files.
4118 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4119 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4128 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4131 \begin_layout Standard
4132 A paragraph environment is simply a
4133 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4137 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4140 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4141 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4142 scheme, labels, and so on.
4143 Additionally, you can
4144 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4148 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4151 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4152 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4153 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4154 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4155 days of typewriters.
4156 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
4158 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
4161 \begin_layout Standard
4162 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
4163 \begin_inset Graphics
4164 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
4170 at the left end of the toolbar.
4171 LyX will change the environment of the
4175 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4176 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4177 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4181 \begin_layout Standard
4190 create a new paragraph using the
4194 paragraph environment.
4196 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4200 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4203 because if you are in one of these environments:
4206 \begin_layout Itemize
4212 \begin_layout Itemize
4218 \begin_layout Itemize
4224 \begin_layout Itemize
4230 \begin_layout Itemize
4236 \begin_layout Itemize
4242 \begin_layout Itemize
4248 \begin_layout Standard
4249 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4253 , rather than resetting it to
4258 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4259 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4260 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4261 \begin_inset space ~
4265 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4267 reference "sec:Nesting"
4272 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4277 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4278 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4282 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4288 \begin_layout Subsection
4292 \begin_layout Standard
4293 The default paragraph environment is
4298 It creates a plain paragraph.
4299 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4300 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4301 this manual) are in the
4308 \begin_layout Standard
4309 You can nest a paragraph using the
4313 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4321 \begin_layout Subsection
4323 \begin_inset Index idx
4326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4335 \begin_layout Standard
4336 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4338 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4342 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4345 for thanks or contact information.
4346 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4347 page along with today's date.
4348 For other types of documents, the title
4349 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4353 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4356 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4360 \begin_layout Standard
4361 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4375 Here's how you use them:
4378 \begin_layout Itemize
4379 Put the title of your document in the
4386 \begin_layout Itemize
4387 Put the author name in the
4394 \begin_layout Itemize
4395 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4396 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4402 Note that using this environment is optional.
4403 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4404 If you don't want any date, add the line
4405 \begin_inset Newline newline
4415 \begin_inset Newline newline
4418 to the preamble of your document (menu
4420 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4426 \begin_layout Standard
4427 You can use footnotes to insert
4428 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4432 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4435 or contact information.
4438 \begin_layout Subsection
4440 \begin_inset Index idx
4443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4450 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4459 \begin_layout Standard
4460 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4461 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4464 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4466 \begin_inset Index idx
4469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4470 Section headings ! Numbered
4478 \begin_layout Standard
4479 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4483 \begin_layout Enumerate
4489 \begin_layout Enumerate
4495 \begin_layout Enumerate
4501 \begin_layout Enumerate
4507 \begin_layout Enumerate
4513 \begin_layout Enumerate
4519 \begin_layout Enumerate
4525 \begin_layout Standard
4526 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4527 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4528 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4531 \begin_layout Standard
4532 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4533 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4534 You group the book into chapters.
4535 LyX does similar grouping:
4538 \begin_layout Itemize
4543 is divided in either
4554 \begin_layout Itemize
4566 \begin_layout Itemize
4578 \begin_layout Itemize
4590 \begin_layout Itemize
4602 \begin_layout Itemize
4614 \begin_layout Standard
4615 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4623 Not all document types use the
4627 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4632 is the top-level heading.
4640 \begin_layout Standard
4645 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4646 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4648 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4650 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4654 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4660 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4662 \begin_inset Index idx
4665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4666 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4674 \begin_layout Standard
4675 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4679 \begin_layout Enumerate
4685 \begin_layout Enumerate
4691 \begin_layout Enumerate
4697 \begin_layout Enumerate
4703 \begin_layout Enumerate
4709 \begin_layout Standard
4711 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4715 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4718 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4719 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4720 table of contents, see section
4721 \begin_inset space ~
4725 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4734 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4735 Changing the Numbering
4736 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4738 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4745 \begin_layout Standard
4746 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4747 in the Table of Contents.
4748 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4750 Certain classes start with
4764 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4774 This is something you can change.
4777 \begin_layout Standard
4780 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4786 \begin_inset Index idx
4789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4800 \begin_inset space ~
4804 \begin_inset space ~
4809 you'll see two counters.
4814 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4816 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4820 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4821 Short Titles of Headings
4822 \begin_inset Index idx
4825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4826 Section headings ! Short titles
4832 \begin_inset Argument
4835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4842 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4844 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4851 \begin_layout Standard
4852 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4853 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4854 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4855 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4858 \begin_layout Standard
4859 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4860 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4861 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4862 To specify a short title, use the menu
4864 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4866 \begin_inset space ~
4872 This will insert a box labeled
4873 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4877 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4881 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4885 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4888 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4889 This also works for captions inside floats.
4892 \begin_layout Standard
4893 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4896 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4900 \begin_layout Standard
4901 The following information applies to all section headings:
4904 \begin_layout Itemize
4905 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4908 \begin_layout Itemize
4909 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4912 \begin_layout Itemize
4913 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4916 \begin_layout Itemize
4917 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4920 \begin_layout Subsection
4921 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4924 \begin_layout Standard
4925 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4939 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4940 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4941 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4942 the text they contain.
4943 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4951 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4954 \begin_layout Standard
4955 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4964 when you start a new paragraph.
4965 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4969 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4970 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4971 to change back to the
4975 environment yourself.
4978 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4988 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4995 \begin_inset Index idx
4998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5007 \begin_layout Standard
5008 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
5009 time for the differences.
5018 are identical except for one difference:
5022 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
5031 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
5034 \begin_layout Standard
5035 Here's an example of the
5048 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
5050 See – no indentation!
5054 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
5055 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
5056 the other paragraph.
5059 \begin_layout Standard
5060 Here's another example, this time in the
5067 \begin_layout Quotation
5073 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
5074 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
5075 the first line, then
5079 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
5083 you were quoting other text.
5086 \begin_layout Quotation
5087 Here's a new paragraph.
5088 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
5089 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
5092 \begin_layout Standard
5093 As the examples show,
5097 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
5098 They should put quotes in the
5103 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
5107 paragraph environment for quoted text.
5110 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5116 \begin_inset Index idx
5119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5128 \begin_inset Index idx
5131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5138 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5147 \begin_layout Standard
5152 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
5158 \begin_inset Newline newline
5161 Which I did not rehearse!
5165 It could be much worse.
5166 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
5168 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
5169 indented a bit more than the first.
5170 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
5176 \begin_inset Newline newline
5179 And make things look fine
5180 \begin_inset Newline newline
5186 arg "newline-insert newline"
5192 \begin_layout Standard
5197 does not indent both margins.
5198 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5199 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5206 arg "newline-insert newline"
5212 \begin_layout Subsection
5214 \begin_inset Index idx
5217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5224 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5233 \begin_layout Standard
5234 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5244 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5253 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5254 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5255 some general features of all four of them.
5258 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5262 \begin_layout Standard
5263 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5265 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5274 reset the environment to
5278 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5279 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5280 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5284 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5287 to break paragraphs.
5290 \begin_layout Standard
5291 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5292 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5294 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5295 you read all of section
5296 \begin_inset space ~
5300 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5302 reference "sec:Nesting"
5310 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5316 \begin_inset Index idx
5319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5326 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5335 \begin_layout Standard
5336 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5340 paragraph environment.
5341 It has the following properties:
5344 \begin_layout Itemize
5345 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5349 \begin_layout Itemize
5350 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5353 \begin_layout Itemize
5354 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5358 \begin_layout Itemize
5359 The items can have any length.
5360 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5361 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5368 \begin_layout Itemize
5373 environment inside another
5377 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5381 \begin_layout Itemize
5382 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5385 \begin_layout Itemize
5386 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5389 \begin_layout Itemize
5391 \begin_inset space ~
5395 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5397 reference "sec:Nesting"
5401 for a full explanation of nesting.
5405 \begin_layout Standard
5406 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5415 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5418 \begin_layout Standard
5419 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5420 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5423 \begin_layout Itemize
5424 The label for the first level
5428 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5432 \begin_layout Itemize
5433 The label for the second level is a dash.
5437 \begin_layout Itemize
5438 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5442 \begin_layout Itemize
5443 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5447 \begin_layout Itemize
5448 Back out to the third level.
5452 \begin_layout Itemize
5453 Back to the second level.
5457 \begin_layout Itemize
5458 Back to the outermost level.
5461 \begin_layout Standard
5462 These are the default labels for an
5467 You can customize these labels in the
5469 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5472 dialog in the submenu
5479 \begin_inset Index idx
5482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5491 \begin_layout Standard
5492 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5493 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5495 \begin_inset space ~
5499 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5501 reference "sec:Nesting"
5508 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5514 \begin_inset Index idx
5517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5524 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5526 name "sec:Enumerate"
5533 \begin_layout Standard
5538 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5539 It has these properties:
5542 \begin_layout Enumerate
5543 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5547 \begin_layout Enumerate
5548 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5552 \begin_layout Enumerate
5553 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5556 \begin_layout Enumerate
5561 environment resets the counter to one.
5564 \begin_layout Enumerate
5577 \begin_layout Enumerate
5578 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5579 Items can have any length.
5582 \begin_layout Enumerate
5583 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5586 \begin_layout Enumerate
5587 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5590 \begin_layout Enumerate
5591 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5595 \begin_layout Standard
5604 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5605 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5612 \begin_layout Enumerate
5613 The first level of an
5617 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5621 \begin_layout Enumerate
5622 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5626 \begin_layout Enumerate
5627 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5631 \begin_layout Enumerate
5632 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5635 \begin_layout Enumerate
5636 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5641 \begin_layout Enumerate
5642 Back to the third level
5646 \begin_layout Enumerate
5647 Back to the second level.
5651 \begin_layout Enumerate
5652 Back to the outermost level.
5655 \begin_layout Standard
5656 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5661 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5666 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5670 \begin_layout Standard
5671 There is more to nesting
5675 environments than we've stated here.
5676 You should read section
5677 \begin_inset space ~
5681 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5683 reference "sec:Nesting"
5687 to learn more about nesting.
5690 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5696 \begin_inset Index idx
5699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5708 \begin_layout Standard
5709 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5713 list has no fixed label.
5714 Instead, LyX uses the first
5715 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5719 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5722 of the first line as the label.
5726 \begin_layout Description
5727 Example: This is an example of the
5734 \begin_layout Standard
5735 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5739 \begin_layout Standard
5741 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5745 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5748 it is meant that the first hit of the
5752 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5754 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5762 arg "space-insert protected"
5767 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5768 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5770 \begin_inset space ~
5776 \begin_inset space ~
5780 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5782 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5786 for more info.) Here is an example:
5789 \begin_layout Description
5791 \begin_inset space ~
5794 Example: This one shows how to use a
5797 \begin_inset space ~
5809 \begin_layout Description
5810 Usage: You should use the
5814 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5815 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5817 It's not a good idea to use a
5821 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5822 You're better off using
5834 paragraphs into them.
5837 \begin_layout Description
5838 Nesting: You can nest
5842 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5846 \begin_layout Standard
5847 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5848 them from the first line.
5851 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5857 \begin_inset Index idx
5860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5869 \begin_layout Standard
5874 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5877 \begin_layout Standard
5878 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5886 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5891 environment is named
5903 \begin_layout Standard
5912 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5913 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5916 \begin_layout Labeling
5917 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5919 \begin_inset space ~
5922 labels LyX uses the first
5923 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5927 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5930 of each line as the item label.
5935 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5936 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5937 blank as described above.
5940 \begin_layout Labeling
5941 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5942 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5943 the body of the item text.
5944 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5945 label width plus a little extra space.
5949 \begin_layout Labeling
5950 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5952 \begin_inset space ~
5955 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5957 If the label width is larger, the label
5958 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5962 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5965 into the first line.
5966 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5967 margin of the rest of the item text.
5970 \begin_layout Labeling
5971 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5973 \begin_inset space ~
5976 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5981 environment have the same left margin.
5982 \begin_inset Newline newline
5985 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5988 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5990 \begin_inset space ~
5999 \begin_inset space ~
6004 determines the default label width.
6005 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
6007 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6011 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6014 multiple times instead.
6015 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
6017 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6021 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6024 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
6027 \begin_inset space ~
6032 every time you alter a label in a
6037 \begin_inset Newline newline
6040 The predefined default width is the length of
6041 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6045 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6050 \begin_inset Newline newline
6054 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6062 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
6063 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
6071 \begin_layout Standard
6076 environment the same way like the
6080 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
6086 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
6090 \begin_layout Standard
6095 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6097 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
6099 \begin_inset space ~
6103 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6105 reference "sec:Nesting"
6109 to learn about nesting.
6112 \begin_layout Standard
6113 There is yet another feature of the
6117 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
6119 You can use additional
6123 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
6128 are documented in section
6129 \begin_inset space ~
6133 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6135 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
6140 Here are some examples:
6141 \begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
6147 \begin_layout Labeling
6148 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6149 Left The default for
6156 \begin_layout Labeling
6157 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6158 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6165 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
6168 \begin_layout Labeling
6169 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6170 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6174 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6181 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
6184 \begin_layout Subsection
6186 \begin_inset Index idx
6189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6198 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6206 \begin_inset space ~
6214 \begin_layout Standard
6215 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
6223 \begin_inset space ~
6229 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
6230 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
6231 In contrast, you can use the
6238 \begin_inset space ~
6243 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
6244 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
6248 \begin_layout Standard
6249 Of course, you're not limited to using
6256 \begin_inset space ~
6265 \begin_inset space ~
6270 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
6271 some European academic papers.
6274 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6276 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6278 name "sec:Address-Usage"
6285 \begin_layout Standard
6290 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
6291 for the opening and signature in some countries.
6295 \begin_inset space ~
6300 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
6301 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
6302 Here's an example of each:
6305 \begin_layout Right Address
6307 \begin_inset Newline newline
6311 \begin_inset Newline newline
6315 \begin_inset Newline newline
6318 When is it? What is today?
6321 \begin_layout Standard
6325 \begin_inset space ~
6331 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
6332 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
6333 Here's an example of the
6340 \begin_layout Address
6342 \begin_inset Newline newline
6345 Where do I send this
6346 \begin_inset Newline newline
6349 Your post office and country
6352 \begin_layout Standard
6353 As you can see, both
6360 \begin_inset space ~
6365 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
6370 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
6376 This makes sense, since
6384 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
6385 Thus, you have to use
6392 arg "newline-insert newline"
6398 \begin_inset space ~
6401 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6403 \begin_inset space ~
6412 menu) to start a new line in an
6419 \begin_inset space ~
6427 \begin_layout Subsection
6431 \begin_layout Standard
6432 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
6433 or list of references.
6434 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
6437 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6441 \begin_inset Index idx
6444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6453 \begin_layout Standard
6458 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
6459 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6460 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
6461 Also, don't bother trying to nest
6465 in anything else or vice versa.
6471 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
6472 The book document classes ignores the
6476 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
6480 in a letter document class.
6483 \begin_layout Standard
6488 environment does several things for you.
6489 First, it puts the centered label
6490 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6494 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6498 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
6500 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
6501 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
6502 the subsequent text.
6503 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
6504 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
6507 \begin_layout Standard
6508 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
6512 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6513 The new paragraph will still be in the
6518 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6519 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6522 \begin_layout Standard
6523 \begin_inset Float figure
6528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6530 \begin_inset Graphics
6531 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6539 \begin_inset Caption
6541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6542 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6544 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6565 \begin_layout Standard
6566 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6570 environment, but since this document is in the
6571 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6575 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6578 class, we can't do this.
6579 We inserted it therefore as figure
6580 \begin_inset space ~
6584 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6586 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6591 If you've never heard of an
6592 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6596 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6599 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6602 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6608 \begin_inset Index idx
6611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6618 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6620 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6627 \begin_layout Standard
6632 environment is used to list references.
6633 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6634 only use it at the end of the document.
6639 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6642 \begin_layout Standard
6643 When you first open a
6647 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6648 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6652 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6656 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6660 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6663 depending on the document class.
6664 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6665 Each paragraph of the
6669 environment is a bibliography entry.
6674 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6675 Each new paragraph is still in the
6682 \begin_layout Standard
6683 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
6684 by using a BibTeX database.
6685 For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra
6686 phy handling, have a look at in section
6687 \begin_inset space ~
6691 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6693 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6700 \begin_layout Subsection
6704 \begin_inset Index idx
6707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6708 Paragraph ! LyX code
6714 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6723 \begin_layout Standard
6728 environment is another LyX extension.
6729 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6734 key as a fixed whitespace;
6738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6750 \begin_inset space ~
6755 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6760 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6761 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6764 arg "newline-insert newline"
6781 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6782 So, when you finish using the
6786 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6787 Also, you can nest the
6791 environment inside of others.
6794 \begin_layout Standard
6795 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6798 \begin_layout Itemize
6802 arg "newline-insert newline"
6805 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
6806 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6810 \begin_inset space \space{}
6820 arg "newline-insert newline"
6826 \begin_layout Itemize
6830 arg "newline-insert newline"
6841 \begin_layout Itemize
6846 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6853 \begin_layout Itemize
6857 arg "space-insert protected"
6864 \begin_layout Itemize
6865 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6866 You must put at least one
6870 in any line you want blank.
6871 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6874 \begin_layout Itemize
6875 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6879 since that will insert
6884 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6887 arg "self-insert \""
6893 \begin_layout Standard
6897 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6901 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6905 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6909 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6913 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6914 printf("Hello World!
6919 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6923 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6927 \begin_layout Standard
6928 This is just the standard
6929 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6933 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6940 \begin_layout Standard
6945 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6946 rc-files, and so on.
6947 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6948 as if you used a typewriter.
6949 \begin_inset Index idx
6952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6953 Paragraph environments|)
6961 \begin_layout Section
6962 Nesting Environments
6963 \begin_inset Index idx
6966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6967 Nesting ! Environments
6973 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6982 \begin_layout Subsection
6986 \begin_layout Standard
6987 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6989 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
6991 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6993 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6995 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6999 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7005 \begin_layout Enumerate
7009 \begin_layout Enumerate
7014 \begin_layout Enumerate
7018 \begin_layout Enumerate
7023 \begin_layout Enumerate
7027 \begin_layout Standard
7028 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
7029 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
7032 \begin_inset space ~
7036 \begin_inset space ~
7044 \begin_inset space ~
7048 \begin_inset space ~
7057 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
7058 will tell you how far you are nested).
7059 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
7062 arg "depth-increment"
7068 arg "depth-decrement"
7071 or the convenient key bindings
7082 arg "depth-increment"
7088 arg "depth-decrement"
7091 to change the nesting level.
7092 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
7093 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
7097 \begin_layout Standard
7098 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
7099 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
7100 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
7101 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
7104 \begin_layout Standard
7105 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
7106 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
7108 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
7111 \begin_layout Subsection
7112 What You Can and Can't Nest
7115 \begin_layout Standard
7116 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
7117 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
7120 \begin_layout Standard
7121 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
7122 complicated than a simple yes or no.
7123 There are three types of paragraph environments:
7126 \begin_layout Itemize
7127 Completely unnestable
7130 \begin_layout Itemize
7131 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
7135 \begin_layout Itemize
7136 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
7140 \begin_layout Standard
7141 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
7142 environments have them:
7145 \begin_layout Description
7146 Unnestable Can't nest them.
7147 Can't nest into them.
7151 \begin_layout Itemize
7157 \begin_layout Itemize
7163 \begin_layout Itemize
7169 \begin_layout Itemize
7175 \begin_layout Itemize
7182 \begin_layout Description
7184 \begin_inset space ~
7187 Nestable You can nest them.
7188 You can nest other things into them.
7192 \begin_layout Itemize
7198 \begin_layout Itemize
7204 \begin_layout Itemize
7210 \begin_layout Itemize
7216 \begin_layout Itemize
7222 \begin_layout Itemize
7228 \begin_layout Itemize
7234 \begin_layout Itemize
7241 \begin_layout Description
7242 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
7243 You can't nest anything into them.
7247 \begin_layout Itemize
7253 \begin_layout Itemize
7259 \begin_layout Itemize
7265 \begin_layout Itemize
7271 \begin_layout Itemize
7277 \begin_layout Itemize
7283 \begin_layout Itemize
7289 \begin_layout Itemize
7295 \begin_layout Itemize
7301 \begin_layout Itemize
7307 \begin_layout Itemize
7313 \begin_layout Itemize
7319 \begin_layout Itemize
7325 \begin_layout Itemize
7329 \begin_inset space ~
7335 \begin_layout Itemize
7342 \begin_layout Standard
7343 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7351 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
7360 \begin_inset space ~
7364 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7368 \begin_inset space \space{}
7371 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
7372 well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
7373 section headings violate this.
7381 \begin_layout Subsection
7382 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
7383 \begin_inset Index idx
7386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7387 Nesting ! Tables etc.
7395 \begin_layout Standard
7396 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
7397 affected by nesting anyhow.
7401 \begin_layout Itemize
7405 \begin_layout Itemize
7409 \begin_layout Itemize
7413 \begin_layout Standard
7415 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7423 Figures and tables in
7427 are not affected by this.
7432 Have a look at section
7433 \begin_inset space ~
7437 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7439 reference "sec:Floats"
7443 for more information about
7450 \begin_layout Standard
7451 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
7452 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
7456 \begin_layout Standard
7457 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
7458 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7462 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7465 of its own, it behaves just like a
7466 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7470 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7473 paragraph environment.
7474 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
7478 \begin_layout Standard
7479 Here's an example with a table:
7482 \begin_layout Enumerate
7487 \begin_layout Enumerate
7488 This is (a) and it's nested.
7492 \begin_layout Standard
7493 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7499 \begin_layout Standard
7501 \begin_inset Tabular
7502 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7503 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7504 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7505 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7589 \begin_layout Standard
7590 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7597 \begin_layout Enumerate
7599 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7603 \begin_layout Enumerate
7607 \begin_layout Standard
7608 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7611 \begin_layout Enumerate
7616 \begin_layout Enumerate
7617 This is (a) and it's nested.
7621 \begin_layout Standard
7622 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7628 \begin_layout Standard
7630 \begin_inset Tabular
7631 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7632 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7633 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7634 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7718 \begin_layout Standard
7719 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7725 \begin_layout Enumerate
7732 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7735 \begin_layout Enumerate
7739 \begin_layout Standard
7740 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7744 \begin_layout Standard
7745 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7747 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7750 \begin_layout Enumerate
7755 \begin_layout Enumerate
7756 This is (a) and it's nested.
7759 \begin_layout Standard
7760 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7766 \begin_layout Standard
7768 \begin_inset Tabular
7769 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7770 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7771 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7772 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7856 \begin_layout Standard
7857 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7863 \begin_layout Enumerate
7865 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7873 \begin_layout Enumerate
7877 \begin_layout Standard
7878 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7884 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7885 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7889 \begin_layout Subsection
7890 Usage and General Features
7893 \begin_layout Standard
7894 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7896 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7900 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7903 is the innermost possible depth.
7904 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
7907 \begin_layout Enumerate
7908 level #1 – outermost
7912 \begin_layout Enumerate
7917 \begin_layout Enumerate
7922 \begin_layout Enumerate
7927 \begin_layout Itemize
7932 \begin_layout Itemize
7941 \begin_layout Standard
7942 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7943 both of them in the example.
7944 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7954 For example, if we tried to nest another
7959 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7963 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7966 , we would get errors.
7969 \begin_layout Subsection
7971 \begin_inset Index idx
7974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7983 \begin_layout Standard
7984 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7985 We have several examples of nested environments.
7986 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7990 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7991 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7994 \begin_layout Labeling
7995 \labelwidthstring MMM
7996 #1-a This is the outermost level.
8005 \begin_layout Labeling
8006 \labelwidthstring MMM
8007 #2-a This is level #2.
8008 We created it by using
8011 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8017 arg "depth-increment"
8024 \begin_layout Labeling
8025 \labelwidthstring MMM
8026 #3-a This is level #3.
8027 This time, we just hit
8034 arg "depth-increment"
8038 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
8042 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8048 arg "depth-increment"
8055 \begin_layout Standard
8060 environment, nested inside of
8061 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8065 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8069 So, it's at level #4.
8070 We did this by hitting
8073 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8079 arg "depth-increment"
8082 , then changing the paragraph environment to
8087 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
8103 \begin_layout Standard
8108 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
8111 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8117 \begin_layout Labeling
8118 \labelwidthstring MMM
8119 #4-a This is level #4.
8123 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8126 and changed the paragraph environment back to
8131 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
8135 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
8140 keep nesting things inside
8141 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8145 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8152 \begin_layout Labeling
8153 \labelwidthstring MMM
8154 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8159 \begin_layout Labeling
8160 \labelwidthstring MMM
8161 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8162 and this is level #6.
8163 By now, you should know how we made these two.
8167 \begin_layout Labeling
8168 \labelwidthstring MMM
8169 #5-b Back to level #5.
8173 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8179 arg "depth-decrement"
8186 \begin_layout Labeling
8187 \labelwidthstring MMM
8191 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8197 arg "depth-decrement"
8200 , we're back at level #4.
8204 \begin_layout Labeling
8205 \labelwidthstring MMM
8206 #3-b Back to level #3.
8207 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
8211 \begin_layout Labeling
8212 \labelwidthstring MMM
8213 #2-b Back to level #2.
8218 \begin_layout Labeling
8219 \labelwidthstring MMM
8220 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
8221 After this sentence, we'll hit
8225 and change the paragraph environment back to
8232 \begin_layout Standard
8233 We could have also used the
8249 environment in place of the
8254 The example would have worked exactly the same.
8257 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8258 Example 2: Inheritance
8261 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8262 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
8265 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8274 arg "depth-increment"
8277 , after which, we'll change to the
8285 \begin_layout Enumerate
8290 environment, at level #2.
8293 \begin_layout Enumerate
8294 Notice how the nested
8298 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
8302 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
8306 \begin_layout Standard
8307 We ended this example by hitting
8312 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
8316 and reset the nesting depth by using
8319 arg "depth-decrement"
8325 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8326 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
8335 \begin_inset Argument
8338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8339 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
8347 \begin_layout Enumerate
8348 This is level #1, in an
8352 paragraph environment.
8353 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
8357 \begin_layout Enumerate
8362 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8368 arg "depth-increment"
8372 Now, what happens if we nest an
8376 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
8377 label be? An asterisk?
8381 \begin_layout Itemize
8391 environment, even though it's at level #3.
8392 So, its label is a bullet.
8393 (We got here by using
8396 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8402 arg "depth-increment"
8405 , then changing the environment to
8413 \begin_layout Itemize
8414 Here's level #4, produced using
8417 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8423 arg "depth-increment"
8427 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8432 \begin_layout Enumerate
8433 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8435 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
8440 Notice the type of numbering, it is
8444 , because we are in the
8453 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8472 \begin_layout Enumerate
8477 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
8478 type of numbering does LyX use?
8481 \begin_layout Enumerate
8482 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
8485 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8488 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
8491 \begin_layout Enumerate
8495 arg "depth-decrement"
8498 to decrease the depth after the next
8501 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8508 \begin_layout Enumerate
8510 Look what type of label LyX is using!
8514 \begin_layout Enumerate
8516 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
8517 numeral as the label.Why?
8520 \begin_layout Enumerate
8521 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
8530 Notice, however, that LyX
8534 reset the counter for the label.
8538 \begin_layout Enumerate
8542 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8548 arg "depth-decrement"
8551 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
8552 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
8553 into the twofold-nested
8561 \begin_layout Enumerate
8562 The same thing happens if we do another
8565 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8571 arg "depth-decrement"
8574 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
8577 \begin_layout Standard
8578 Lastly, we reset the environment to
8583 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8597 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8603 The same rule applies for the
8607 environment, as well.
8610 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8611 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8614 \begin_layout Enumerate
8615 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8616 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8617 same detail with how we did it.
8626 \begin_layout Standard
8634 arg "depth-increment"
8641 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8642 example in parentheses someplace.
8643 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8644 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8645 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8649 \begin_layout Enumerate
8654 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8659 Now we'll add verse.
8660 \begin_inset Newline newline
8663 It will get much worse.
8664 \begin_inset Newline newline
8674 arg "depth-increment"
8685 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8686 \begin_inset Newline newline
8689 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8690 \begin_inset Newline newline
8696 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8709 \begin_layout Standard
8710 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8716 \begin_layout Standard
8718 \begin_inset Tabular
8719 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8720 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8721 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8722 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8811 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8821 arg "depth-increment"
8827 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8837 arg "depth-decrement"
8844 \begin_layout Enumerate
8849 : level #1) This is another item.
8850 Note that selecting a
8854 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8855 3 times to put the table inside the
8863 \begin_layout Quotation
8864 We're now ending the
8868 list and changing to
8873 We're still at level #1.
8874 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8875 The next set of paragraphs is a
8876 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8880 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8890 \begin_inset space ~
8895 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8899 for the letter body.
8903 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8906 to preserve the depth.
8907 Remember that you need to use
8910 arg "newline-insert newline"
8913 to create multiple lines inside the
8920 \begin_inset space ~
8930 \begin_layout Right Address
8932 \begin_inset Newline newline
8935 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8936 \begin_inset Newline newline
8942 \begin_layout Address
8944 \begin_inset space ~
8950 \begin_layout Quotation
8951 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8952 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8955 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8956 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8957 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8958 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8959 as soon as possible.
8960 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8963 \begin_layout Quotation
8964 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8965 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8966 with your order, along with payment.
8969 \begin_layout Quotation
8970 We thank you again for your patience.
8973 \begin_layout Address
8975 \begin_inset Newline newline
8982 \begin_layout Quotation
8983 That ends that example!
8986 \begin_layout Standard
8987 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8988 just a few keystrokes.
8989 We could have easily nested an
9010 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
9013 \begin_layout Section
9014 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
9015 \begin_inset Index idx
9018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9027 \begin_layout Standard
9028 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
9029 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
9030 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
9031 be broken at the end of a line.
9032 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
9036 \begin_layout Subsection
9038 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9040 name "sub:Protected-Space"
9045 \begin_inset Index idx
9048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9057 \begin_layout Standard
9058 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
9060 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
9064 Further documentation is given in section
9065 \begin_inset Newline newline
9069 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9071 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9079 \begin_layout Standard
9080 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
9081 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9085 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9089 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9093 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9095 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9100 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9104 A protected space is set with
9106 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9107 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9111 \begin_inset space ~
9121 arg "space-insert protected"
9127 \begin_layout Subsection
9129 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9131 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9136 \begin_inset Index idx
9139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9140 Spacing ! Horizontal
9148 \begin_layout Standard
9149 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
9151 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9152 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9156 The length units are listed in Appendix
9157 \begin_inset space ~
9161 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9163 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9170 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9172 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9174 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
9179 \begin_inset Index idx
9182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9191 \begin_layout Standard
9193 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9197 \begin_inset space \space{}
9200 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
9201 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
9202 \begin_inset space ~
9206 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9208 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
9213 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
9214 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
9217 arg "space-insert normal"
9223 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9225 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9227 name "sub:Thin-Space"
9232 \begin_inset Index idx
9235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9244 \begin_layout Standard
9246 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9250 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9253 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
9254 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9258 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9262 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
9263 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
9264 inside abbreviations:
9269 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9273 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
9276 \begin_layout Standard
9277 or between values and units.
9278 Compare for example this:
9279 \begin_inset Newline newline
9283 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9287 \begin_inset Newline newline
9293 \begin_layout Standard
9294 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
9296 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9297 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9299 \begin_inset space ~
9307 arg "space-insert thin"
9313 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9315 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9317 name "sub:More-Spaces"
9324 \begin_layout Standard
9325 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
9328 \begin_layout Description
9330 \begin_inset space ~
9334 \begin_inset space ~
9338 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9342 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
9346 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9349 Negative thin space between the arrows.
9352 \begin_layout Description
9354 \begin_inset space ~
9358 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9362 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9366 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
9370 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9374 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9377 em) space between the arrows.
9380 \begin_layout Description
9382 \begin_inset space ~
9386 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9390 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9394 \begin_inset space \quad{}
9398 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9402 \begin_inset space ~
9406 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9409 em) space between the arrows.
9412 \begin_layout Description
9414 \begin_inset space ~
9418 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9422 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9426 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
9430 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9434 \begin_inset space ~
9438 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9441 em) space between the arrows.
9444 \begin_layout Description
9446 \begin_inset space ~
9450 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9454 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
9459 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9463 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9466 cm space between the arrows.
9469 \begin_layout Standard
9471 \begin_inset space ~
9475 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9477 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
9481 lists the different space sizes.
9484 \begin_layout Standard
9485 \begin_inset Float table
9490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9492 \begin_inset Caption
9494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9495 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9497 name "tab:Width-of-the"
9501 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
9509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9511 \begin_inset Tabular
9512 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
9513 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9514 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9515 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9555 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9579 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9603 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9627 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9642 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9655 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9670 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9683 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9698 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9711 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9732 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9738 \begin_inset Index idx
9741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9750 \begin_layout Standard
9751 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9752 in a uniform fashion.
9753 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9754 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9755 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9756 equally between themselves.
9760 \begin_layout Standard
9761 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9766 This is on the left side
9767 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9770 This is on the right
9776 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9780 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9789 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9793 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9797 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9803 \begin_layout Standard
9804 That was an example in the
9810 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9814 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9818 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9821 is one in a standard paragraph.
9822 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9826 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9829 \begin_layout Standard
9830 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9833 \begin_inset space ~
9838 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9841 \begin_layout Standard
9843 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9847 \begin_inset space ~
9853 \begin_layout Standard
9855 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9859 \begin_inset space ~
9865 \begin_layout Standard
9867 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9871 \begin_inset space ~
9877 \begin_layout Standard
9879 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9883 \begin_inset space ~
9889 \begin_layout Standard
9891 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9895 \begin_inset space ~
9901 \begin_layout Standard
9903 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9907 \begin_inset space ~
9913 \begin_layout Standard
9914 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9922 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9926 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9927 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9928 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9932 option in the space dialog.
9940 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9942 \begin_inset Index idx
9945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9954 \begin_layout Standard
9955 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9957 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9961 \begin_inset space \space{}
9964 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9967 \begin_layout Standard
9968 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9971 What is correct English?:
9972 \begin_inset Newline newline
9976 \begin_inset Newline newline
9980 \begin_inset space ~
9983 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9984 \begin_inset Newline newline
9988 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
9991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9999 \begin_inset Newline newline
10003 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10014 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10020 \begin_layout Standard
10021 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
10022 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10026 \begin_inset space ~
10030 \begin_inset space ~
10034 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10038 To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu
10040 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10041 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10045 In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two
10047 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10051 \begin_inset space ~
10055 \begin_inset space ~
10059 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10062 into the phantom inset (note the space after
10063 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10067 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10071 A phantom insets prints only the space of its content (like a placeholder).
10072 That is why it is named
10073 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10077 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10081 The normal phantom ouputs the width and heigth of the content as space,
10082 while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding
10086 \begin_layout Subsection
10088 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10090 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
10095 \begin_inset Index idx
10098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10107 \begin_layout Standard
10108 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
10110 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10111 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10113 \begin_inset space ~
10119 There you find the following sizes:
10122 \begin_layout Standard
10135 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
10140 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
10142 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10146 \begin_inset Index idx
10149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10150 Document ! Settings
10155 for the paragraph separation.
10156 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
10167 \begin_layout Standard
10173 \begin_inset Index idx
10176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10182 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
10183 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
10185 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
10186 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
10195 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
10199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10204 s are described in section
10205 \begin_inset space ~
10209 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10211 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
10220 If there are several
10224 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
10225 You can therefore use
10229 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
10232 \begin_layout Standard
10237 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
10238 \begin_inset space ~
10242 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10244 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10251 \begin_layout Standard
10252 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10262 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
10263 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
10275 \begin_layout Subsection
10276 Paragraph Alignment
10279 \begin_layout Standard
10280 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
10282 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10286 There are five possibilities:
10289 \begin_layout Itemize
10297 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
10303 \begin_layout Itemize
10311 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
10317 \begin_layout Itemize
10325 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
10331 \begin_layout Itemize
10339 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
10345 \begin_layout Itemize
10353 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
10359 \begin_layout Standard
10360 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
10361 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
10362 the left and right margins.
10363 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
10366 \begin_layout Standard
10368 This paragraph is right aligned,
10371 \begin_layout Standard
10373 this one is centered,
10376 \begin_layout Standard
10378 this one is left aligned.
10381 \begin_layout Subsection
10383 \begin_inset Index idx
10386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10387 Page breaks ! Forced
10393 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10395 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
10402 \begin_layout Standard
10403 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
10404 can force a page break where you want one.
10405 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
10406 Only if you use a lot of
10410 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
10413 \begin_layout Standard
10414 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished and
10415 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
10419 have to change the page breaking.
10422 \begin_layout Standard
10423 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
10425 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
10427 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10428 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10430 \begin_inset space ~
10436 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
10438 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10439 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10441 \begin_inset space ~
10446 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
10448 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
10449 on which only the last few lines are absent.
10452 \begin_layout Standard
10453 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
10454 at the top of a page.
10455 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
10456 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
10457 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
10458 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
10460 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10462 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
10466 to learn more about
10473 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10475 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10477 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
10482 \begin_inset Index idx
10485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10486 Page breaks ! Clear
10494 \begin_layout Standard
10495 Rather than forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is placed
10496 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
10497 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
10498 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
10499 it, if necessary by adding pages.
10502 \begin_layout Standard
10503 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
10505 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10506 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10508 \begin_inset space ~
10514 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
10516 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10517 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10519 \begin_inset space ~
10523 \begin_inset space ~
10528 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
10529 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
10532 \begin_layout Subsection
10534 \begin_inset Index idx
10537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10544 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10546 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
10553 \begin_layout Standard
10554 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
10556 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
10558 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10559 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10561 \begin_inset space ~
10565 \begin_inset space ~
10573 arg "newline-insert newline"
10577 Another type that is inserted via the menu
10579 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10580 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10582 \begin_inset space ~
10586 \begin_inset space ~
10591 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
10593 This is necessary to avoid
10594 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10598 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10601 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
10604 \begin_layout Standard
10605 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
10606 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
10607 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
10608 set a line break, e.
10609 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10613 \begin_inset space \space{}
10616 in a poem or for an address (see sections
10617 \begin_inset space ~
10621 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10623 reference "sec:Quote"
10628 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10630 reference "sec:Verse"
10635 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10637 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
10644 \begin_layout Subsection
10646 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10648 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
10653 \begin_inset Index idx
10656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10665 \begin_layout Standard
10667 \begin_inset CommandInset line
10678 \begin_layout Standard
10681 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10682 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10684 \begin_inset space ~
10689 you can insert horizontal lines.
10690 The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline
10691 of the current text line or the paragraph.
10694 \begin_layout Standard
10696 \begin_inset CommandInset line
10707 \begin_layout Standard
10711 \begin_layout Section
10712 Characters and Symbols
10715 \begin_layout Standard
10716 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10717 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10718 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10722 \begin_inset space \space{}
10725 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10727 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10731 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10733 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10737 for information on how this is done.
10740 \begin_layout Standard
10741 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10746 dialog via the menu
10748 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10749 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10755 \begin_layout Standard
10756 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10764 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10765 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10766 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10774 \begin_layout Section
10775 Fonts and Text Styles
10776 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10778 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10785 \begin_layout Subsection
10787 \begin_inset Index idx
10790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10799 \begin_layout Standard
10800 There are two types of fonts:
10803 \begin_layout Description
10805 \begin_inset space ~
10809 \begin_inset Index idx
10812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10818 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (e.
10819 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10823 characters) in the font.
10824 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10825 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10826 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10827 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10828 This means that vector fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10829 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
10830 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
10831 \begin_inset Newline newline
10834 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10835 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10836 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
10837 sizes than at small ones.
10838 \begin_inset Newline newline
10852 \begin_inset space ~
10860 \begin_layout Description
10862 \begin_inset space ~
10866 \begin_inset Index idx
10869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10875 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10876 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10877 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10878 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10879 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10880 picture manipulation program.
10881 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10882 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10883 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10884 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10885 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10887 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
10888 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10889 \begin_inset Newline newline
10892 Bitmap fonts are named
10895 \begin_inset space ~
10900 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10903 \begin_layout Standard
10904 The result of all this is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they are
10905 designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10906 So one needs fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10907 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
10908 use scalable fonts.
10911 \begin_layout Standard
10912 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10913 its document properties.
10916 \begin_layout Standard
10917 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10918 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10919 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10920 font to emphasize text, you use an
10921 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10929 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10930 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10934 \begin_layout Subsection
10936 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10938 name "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
10945 \begin_layout Standard
10946 Traditionally, LaTeX uses its own fonts.
10947 That is to say, you cannot directly access the fonts installed on your
10948 operating system, but you have to use specific fonts provided by your LaTeX
10950 The reason is that LaTeX needs some extra information about the fonts,
10951 which have to be provided by additional files and packages.
10952 The downside of this is that your font choice is somewhat limited, compared
10953 to usual word processors.
10954 On the other hand this comes with the advantage that the provided fonts
10955 are generally of very good quality, and that LaTeX files are very portable
10956 across different machines.
10957 Also, the range of fonts supported by traditional LaTeX was increased a
10958 lot meanwhile so that you can find packages for many free and commercial
10960 In LyX, only a subset of these are directly selectable via the user interface
10962 \begin_inset space ~
10966 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10968 reference "sub:Document-Font"
10973 However, all others are available if you enter the respective LaTeX code
10974 in the document preamble (please refer to the documentation of your desired
10978 \begin_layout Standard
10979 Furthermore, recent developments brought some new LaTeX engines that are
10980 also able to directly access fonts that are installed for your operating
10981 system (OS), namely XeTeX and LuaTeX.
10982 Both engines are now supported by LyX.
10983 By using them, you can use theoretically any OpenType or TrueType font
10984 that is installed on your system.
10985 The next section describes how to use these OS fonts.
10988 \begin_layout Standard
10989 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10997 In practice, some fonts might fail due to bad metrics and other font deficienci
10998 es; so you might have to experiment.
11006 \begin_layout Standard
11007 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11015 XeTeX and especially LuaTeX, are still rather new and thus not as mature
11016 as traditional LaTeX or PDFLaTeX.
11024 \begin_layout Subsection
11025 Document Font and Font size
11026 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11028 name "sub:Document-Font"
11033 \begin_inset Index idx
11036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11043 \begin_inset Index idx
11046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11055 \begin_layout Standard
11056 You can set the document fonts in the
11058 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11062 \begin_inset Index idx
11065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11066 Document ! Settings
11076 section of the dialog, you can specify which font should be used for the
11077 three different font shapes — roman (serif),
11080 \begin_inset space ~
11089 (monospaced) — you can specify the base font size and scaling factors for
11090 (some) sans serif and typewriter fonts if this is necessary to fit with
11094 \begin_layout Standard
11101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11110 , you will have access to the fonts installed on your operating system.
11111 This requires that you use
11117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11156 as output format, i.
11157 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11161 \begin_inset space ~
11164 you will have to have either XeTeX or LuaTeX installed (see section
11165 \begin_inset space ~
11169 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11171 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
11176 You will then not have access to TeX's own fonts (the selection described
11178 Note that LyX lists all available fonts in either of the three lists (roman,
11180 \begin_inset space ~
11183 serif, and typewriter), since LyX cannot determine the family.
11184 Also note that the output might fail with some of the listed fonts, due
11185 to the encoding of the fonts and\SpecialChar \slash{}
11187 Again, LyX cannot determine this in advance, so you might need to experiment.
11190 \begin_layout Standard
11191 If you use TeX fonts (which is the default), the possible options for the
11196 and a list of fonts available with your LaTeX distribution.
11201 the font that is preset by the current document class is used.
11202 In most cases, this will be the standard TeX font, known as
11203 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11211 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11219 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11224 European Computer Modern
11227 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11234 ), but some classes preset different default fonts.
11237 \begin_layout Standard
11246 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixelated in PDF output, especially
11247 when you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
11251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11252 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
11255 \begin_inset space ~
11260 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
11266 To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
11267 Depending on how your document should look like, you can either:
11270 \begin_layout Itemize
11279 ) fonts, which is the recommended choice if you want to keep the look of
11293 was developed for the LaTeX community in order to replace
11297 as the default font.
11298 It covers a huge range of glyphs and several font shapes.
11299 Except for some details, where the appearance was improved,
11311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11312 One difference is improved kerning for the
11324 \begin_layout Itemize
11333 ) fonts in (the rare) case that
11337 is not available to you or does not work, and you still want to emulate
11352 Virtual means that it
11353 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11357 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11364 -glyphs from other fonts.
11365 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
11367 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11371 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11375 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11379 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11387 Loading the LaTeX-package
11392 \begin_inset Index idx
11395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11396 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
11401 with the document preamble line
11402 \begin_inset Newline newline
11409 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
11410 \begin_inset Newline newline
11415 will fix the guillemet problem.
11420 and that accented characters are not
11424 glyph, but build of
11428 characters, the accent and the letter.
11429 Therefore you cannot search for words with accented characters in documents
11435 If you search for example for the French word
11436 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11440 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11443 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
11445 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11449 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11452 and not for the glyph
11453 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11457 \begin_inset space ~
11461 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11467 \begin_layout Itemize
11468 If you do not like the look of
11476 , you can of course select one of the other provided vector fonts, e.
11477 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11481 \begin_inset space ~
11495 Most roman vector fonts will automatically select matching sans
11496 \begin_inset space ~
11499 serif and typewriter fonts
11503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11504 These are sometimes just matching other fonts (e.
11505 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11516 for sans serif text), and sometimes, e.
11517 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11529 , different shapes of the same font, i.
11530 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11543 , but you can also select your own.
11544 \begin_inset Newline newline
11547 The differences between roman,
11550 \begin_inset space ~
11559 fonts are explained in section
11560 \begin_inset space ~
11564 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11566 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11571 \begin_inset Newline newline
11578 was originally designed for newspapers.
11579 That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
11580 into the small newspaper columns.
11585 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
11586 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11589 For the font size there are generally four possible values:
11602 Some classes provide additional sizes.
11607 depends on the class you are using.
11608 In the standard classes it is equal to the font size 10.
11611 \begin_layout Standard
11612 Note that the font size is the
11617 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
11618 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
11619 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
11622 \begin_inset space ~
11628 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
11629 \begin_inset space ~
11633 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11635 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11642 \begin_layout Standard
11647 selection lets you specify whether the base font of your document should
11649 \begin_inset space ~
11652 serif or typewriter.
11657 selection uses what is preset by the class, the other selections override
11667 , but some classes (such as presentation classes) also use other defaults.
11670 \begin_layout Standard
11679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11688 selection is an expert setting which lets you change the value passed to
11694 \begin_inset space ~
11698 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11700 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
11705 Normally, you do not need to change (or even understand) this.
11706 Unless you have specific reasons, use
11713 \begin_layout Standard
11714 With some fonts, the checkboxes
11716 Use Old Style Figures
11720 Use True Small Caps
11723 These are extra features some fonts provide.
11726 Use Old Style Figures
11728 is checked, the font uses old style (also known as medieval or text) figures,
11730 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11734 \begin_inset space ~
11737 figures with varying height that fit nicely with lower letters.
11740 Use True Small Caps
11742 determines that real small caps are used instead of faked small caps made
11743 of scaled capitals.
11744 Real small caps are often part of expert font sets; they generally look
11745 better than faked small caps but might have to be purchased separately.
11748 \begin_layout Standard
11753 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
11754 a font to display the script characters.
11758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11759 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
11764 So this has no effect for the document language
11780 \begin_layout Standard
11781 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11785 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11793 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
11797 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
11798 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
11799 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
11801 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11804 dialog, see section
11805 \begin_inset space ~
11809 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11811 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
11823 \begin_layout Subsection
11824 Using Different Character Styles
11825 \begin_inset Index idx
11828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11835 \begin_inset Index idx
11838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11847 \begin_layout Standard
11848 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
11849 certain paragraph environments.
11850 LyX supports two character styles,
11859 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
11863 \begin_layout Standard
11868 style, do one of the following:
11871 \begin_layout Itemize
11872 click on the toolbar button
11881 \begin_layout Itemize
11882 use the key binding
11891 \begin_layout Standard
11892 These commands are all toggles.
11897 style is already active, they deactivate it.
11900 \begin_layout Standard
11901 One typically uses the
11905 style for proper names.
11907 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11914 is the original author of LyX.
11915 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11921 \begin_layout Standard
11922 A more widely used character style is the
11927 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
11934 \begin_layout Itemize
11935 clicking on the toolbar button
11944 \begin_layout Itemize
11945 using the keybindings
11954 \begin_layout Standard
11959 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
11960 es use a different font.
11963 \begin_layout Standard
11964 We've been using the
11968 style all over the place in this document.
11969 Here's one more example:
11972 \begin_layout Quotation
11975 Don't overuse character styles!
11978 \begin_layout Standard
11979 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
11980 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
11981 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
11982 the common tendency to overuse character style.
11986 \begin_layout Standard
11987 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
11995 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11997 \begin_inset space ~
12005 \begin_layout Subsection
12006 Fine-Tuning with the
12011 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12013 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12018 \begin_inset Index idx
12021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12030 \begin_layout Standard
12031 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
12032 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
12033 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
12034 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
12035 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
12036 from ordinary dialog.
12039 \begin_layout Standard
12040 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
12041 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
12042 \begin_inset Newline newline
12045 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
12046 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
12049 \begin_layout Standard
12050 To use custom character styles, open the
12052 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12054 \begin_inset space ~
12060 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
12061 font property which you can choose.
12062 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
12065 \begin_inset space ~
12070 , which keeps the current state of that property.
12075 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
12076 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
12077 environments in a snap.
12080 \begin_layout Standard
12081 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
12084 \begin_inset space ~
12096 \begin_layout Labeling
12097 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12103 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12107 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12111 The possible options are:
12115 \begin_layout Labeling
12116 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12121 This is the Roman font family.
12122 Normally a serif font.
12123 It's also the default family.
12133 \begin_layout Labeling
12134 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12138 \begin_inset space ~
12145 This is the Sans Serif font family.
12157 \begin_layout Labeling
12158 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12165 This is the Typewriter font family.
12171 arg "font-typewriter"
12180 \begin_layout Labeling
12181 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12186 This corresponds to the print weight.
12191 \begin_layout Labeling
12192 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12197 This is the Medium font series.
12198 It's also the default series.
12201 \begin_layout Labeling
12202 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12209 This is the Bold font series.
12222 \begin_layout Labeling
12223 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12228 As the name implies.
12233 \begin_layout Labeling
12234 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12239 This is the Upright font shape.
12240 It's also the default shape.
12243 \begin_layout Labeling
12244 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12258 s the Italic font shape
12264 \begin_layout Labeling
12265 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12272 This is the Slanted font shape
12274 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
12277 \begin_layout Labeling
12278 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12282 \begin_inset space ~
12289 This is the Small caps font shape
12296 \begin_layout Labeling
12297 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12302 Alters the size of the font.
12303 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
12304 nal to the document font size.
12305 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
12306 what you want to do.
12311 \begin_layout Labeling
12312 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12320 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12324 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12333 arg "font-size tiny"
12339 \begin_layout Labeling
12340 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12348 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12352 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12361 arg "font-size scriptsize"
12367 \begin_layout Labeling
12368 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12376 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12380 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12389 arg "font-size footnotesize"
12395 \begin_layout Labeling
12396 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12404 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12408 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12417 arg "font-size small"
12423 \begin_layout Labeling
12424 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12430 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12434 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12438 It's also the default size.
12442 arg "font-size normal"
12448 \begin_layout Labeling
12449 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12457 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12461 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12470 arg "font-size large"
12476 \begin_layout Labeling
12477 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12485 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12489 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12498 arg "font-size larger"
12504 \begin_layout Labeling
12505 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12513 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12517 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12526 arg "font-size largest"
12532 \begin_layout Labeling
12533 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12541 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12545 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12554 arg "font-size huge"
12560 \begin_layout Labeling
12561 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12569 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12573 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12582 arg "font-size giant"
12589 \begin_layout Standard
12594 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12595 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12596 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12597 — use that instead.
12598 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12601 \begin_layout Labeling
12602 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12607 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12612 \begin_layout Labeling
12613 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12620 This is text with emphasize on
12623 This might seem like the same as
12627 , but it is actually a bit different.
12633 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12635 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12638 \begin_layout Labeling
12639 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12646 This is text with Underbar on.
12652 arg "font-underline"
12658 \begin_inset Newline newline
12663 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days,
12664 when you couldn't change fonts.
12665 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12666 It's only included in LyX because some people
12670 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12673 \begin_layout Labeling
12674 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12681 This is text with Noun on.
12688 , this is a logical attribute.
12689 Normally it's equivalent to
12692 \begin_inset space ~
12701 \begin_layout Labeling
12702 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12707 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12708 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
12712 \begin_inset space ~
12717 , which is the default
12718 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12722 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12725 and means normally black, you can choose between
12758 \begin_inset Index idx
12761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12770 \begin_layout Labeling
12771 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12776 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12777 the language of the document.
12778 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12782 \begin_layout Standard
12783 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12784 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12786 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12788 \begin_inset space ~
12793 dialog, the settings are saved.
12794 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12797 arg "textstyle-apply"
12801 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12802 when the dialog isn't visible.
12806 \begin_layout Standard
12807 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12814 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12815 (suppose you just set the shape to
12816 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12820 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12824 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12828 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12834 \begin_inset space ~
12846 \begin_layout Standard
12847 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12855 \begin_inset space ~
12867 \begin_layout Itemize
12873 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12877 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12880 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12881 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12885 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12889 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12893 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12898 \begin_inset Newline newline
12902 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
12905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12916 \begin_inset Note Note
12919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12920 For more on phantoms see section
12921 \begin_inset space ~
12925 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12927 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12937 \begin_inset Newline newline
12943 \begin_layout Itemize
12948 fonts use characters with serifs.
12949 These are the small
12950 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12954 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12957 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
12958 The following example will show the difference:
12959 \begin_inset Newline newline
12963 \begin_inset Newline newline
12968 text without serifs
12971 \begin_inset Newline newline
12974 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
12975 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
12982 \begin_layout Itemize
12988 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12989 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12992 \begin_layout Standard
12993 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12994 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12997 \begin_layout Section
12998 Printing and Previewing
13001 \begin_layout Subsection
13005 \begin_layout Standard
13006 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
13007 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
13008 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
13009 goes on behind-the-scenes.
13010 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
13012 Additional Features
13017 \begin_layout Standard
13018 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
13019 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
13020 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
13021 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
13022 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
13023 This happens in two stages:
13026 \begin_layout Enumerate
13027 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
13028 generating a file with the extension,
13029 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13037 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13043 \begin_layout Enumerate
13044 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
13048 file to produce printable output.
13052 \begin_layout Subsection
13053 Output file formats
13054 \begin_inset Index idx
13057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13064 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13066 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
13073 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13074 Simple text (ASCII)
13075 \begin_inset Index idx
13078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13079 File formats ! ASCII
13087 \begin_layout Standard
13088 This file type has the extension
13089 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13097 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13101 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
13102 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13105 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
13106 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13112 \begin_layout Standard
13113 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
13115 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13116 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13118 \begin_inset space ~
13125 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13126 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13128 \begin_inset space ~
13132 \begin_inset space ~
13138 The latter will first internally export to PostScript and then do the conversio
13142 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13144 \begin_inset Index idx
13147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13148 File formats ! LaTeX
13156 \begin_layout Standard
13157 This file type has the extension
13158 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13166 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13169 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
13171 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
13172 it manually with console commands.
13173 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
13174 you view or export your document.
13177 \begin_layout Standard
13178 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
13180 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13181 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13198 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13200 \begin_inset Index idx
13203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13212 \begin_layout Standard
13213 This file type has the extension
13214 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13222 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13227 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13231 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13234 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
13235 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
13236 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
13240 \begin_layout Standard
13241 DVI files do not contain images, they only link them.
13242 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
13243 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
13244 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
13246 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
13249 \begin_layout Standard
13250 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
13252 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13253 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13258 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13259 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13261 \begin_inset space ~
13268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13278 The latter option uses the program
13287 is an engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
13288 font access (see section
13289 \begin_inset space ~
13293 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13295 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
13300 LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
13304 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13306 \begin_inset Index idx
13309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13310 File formats ! PostScript
13318 \begin_layout Standard
13319 This file type has the extension
13320 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13328 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13332 PostScript was developed by the company
13336 as a printer language.
13337 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
13339 PostScript can be seen as a
13340 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13343 programming language
13344 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13347 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
13351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13352 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
13358 \begin_inset Index idx
13361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13362 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
13372 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
13375 \begin_layout Standard
13376 PostScript can only contain images in the format
13377 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13380 Encapsulated PostScript
13381 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13384 (EPS, file extension
13385 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13393 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13397 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
13398 to convert them in the background to EPS.
13400 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13403 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
13404 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13407 conversions whenever you view or export your document.
13408 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
13409 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
13410 EPS to avoid this problem.
13413 \begin_layout Standard
13414 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
13416 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13417 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13423 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13425 \begin_inset Index idx
13428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13435 \begin_inset Index idx
13438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13447 \begin_layout Standard
13448 This file type has the extension
13449 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13457 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13462 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13465 Portable Document Format
13466 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13473 was derived from PostScript.
13474 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
13476 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13480 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13483 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
13484 looks exactly the same.
13487 \begin_layout Standard
13488 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
13489 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13492 Joint Photographic Experts Group
13493 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13496 (JPG, file extension
13497 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13505 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13509 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13517 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13521 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13524 Portable Network Graphics
13525 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13528 (PNG, file extension
13529 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13537 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13541 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
13542 in the background to one of these formats.
13543 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
13544 will slow down your workflow.
13545 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
13548 \begin_layout Standard
13549 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
13551 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13554 in three different ways:
13557 \begin_layout Description
13558 PDF This uses the program
13562 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
13563 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
13567 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
13568 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
13571 \begin_layout Description
13573 \begin_inset space ~
13576 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
13580 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
13584 \begin_layout Description
13586 \begin_inset space ~
13589 (pdflatex) This uses the program
13593 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13596 \begin_layout Description
13598 \begin_inset space ~
13605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13612 X) This uses the program
13616 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13621 is a new engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
13622 font access (see section
13623 \begin_inset space ~
13627 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13629 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
13634 It is particularly good at typesetting different scripts.
13637 \begin_layout Description
13639 \begin_inset space ~
13646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13653 X) This uses the program
13657 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13662 is an even newer engine, derived from
13666 , that also provides direct Unicode support and support for direct font
13667 access (see section
13668 \begin_inset space ~
13672 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13674 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
13679 LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
13683 \begin_layout Standard
13684 We recommend to use
13687 \begin_inset space ~
13696 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
13697 works without problems.
13698 If you rely on multiscript support and\SpecialChar \slash{}
13699 or specific OpenType fonts, you might
13703 \begin_inset space ~
13710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13722 \begin_inset space ~
13729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13738 instead, bearing in mind that these two programs are not yet as mature
13746 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13748 \begin_inset Index idx
13751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13752 FileFormats ! XHTML
13758 \begin_inset Index idx
13761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13770 \begin_layout Standard
13771 This file type has the extension
13772 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13780 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13784 It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
13785 It does not itself contain images and the like but only links them, and
13786 when LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
13787 suitable for the purpose.
13788 Math is output as MathML, which renders nicely in browsers that support
13789 it, but not all do.
13792 \begin_layout Standard
13793 XHTML output remains
13794 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13798 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13801 , and not all LyX features are supported yet.
13803 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13806 LyX and the World Wide Web
13807 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13812 Additional Features
13814 manual, for more information.
13817 \begin_layout Standard
13818 You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
13820 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13821 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13827 \begin_layout Subsection
13829 \begin_inset Index idx
13832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13841 \begin_layout Standard
13842 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the page
13843 breaks in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
13849 \change_deleted -712698321 1301225765
13851 \change_inserted -712698321 1301225910
13856 or the toolbar button
13865 A viewing program will pop up showing the output
13866 \change_inserted -712698321 1301226025
13867 in the defined default output format, which is globally set in the preferences
13869 \begin_inset space ~
13873 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13875 reference "sec:File-Formats"
13879 ) and can also be altered for single documents in the document settings
13881 \begin_inset space ~
13885 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13887 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
13895 \change_deleted -712698321 1301226035
13897 \change_inserted -712698321 1301226047
13898 Further output formats can be selected via
13899 \change_deleted -712698321 1301226049
13904 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13906 \change_deleted -712698321 1301226053
13908 \change_inserted -712698321 1301226055
13914 \change_deleted -712698321 1301226064
13915 you can use the toolbar button
13916 \begin_inset Graphics
13917 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
13919 groupId toolbarbuttons
13926 arg "buffer-view dvi"
13931 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13933 \begin_inset space ~
13939 \begin_inset Graphics
13940 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
13942 groupId toolbarbuttons
13948 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13952 \begin_inset Graphics
13953 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
13955 groupId toolbarbuttons
13962 arg "buffer-view ps"
13966 \change_inserted -712698321 1301226110
13967 or the toolbar button
13968 \begin_inset Graphics
13969 filename ../images/view-others.png
13971 groupId toolbarbuttons
13980 \begin_layout Standard
13981 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
13982 viewer window using the menu
13984 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13986 \change_inserted -712698321 1301226188
13991 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13992 Update (Other Formats)
13999 \begin_layout Standard
14000 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
14002 To have a real output, export your document.
14005 \begin_layout Subsection
14006 Printing the File from within LyX
14007 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14009 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
14016 \begin_layout Standard
14017 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
14018 it directly from within LyX.
14019 To print a file, select the menu
14021 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14024 or click on the toolbar button
14027 arg "dialog-show print"
14031 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
14032 This file is then processed by the program
14036 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
14041 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
14044 \begin_layout Standard
14045 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
14046 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
14047 printing one set to print on the other side.
14048 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
14049 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
14050 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
14053 \begin_layout Standard
14054 You can set the parameters in the
14057 \begin_inset space ~
14065 \begin_layout Labeling
14066 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14071 This is the name of the printer to print to.
14075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14076 Note that this printer name is for the program
14085 has to be configured for this printer name.
14086 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
14087 \begin_inset space ~
14091 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14093 reference "sub:Printer"
14102 The printer should understand PostScript.
14105 \begin_layout Labeling
14106 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14111 The name of a file to print to.
14112 The output will be a PostScript file.
14113 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
14117 \begin_layout Section
14118 A few Words about Typography
14119 \begin_inset Index idx
14122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14131 \begin_layout Subsection
14133 \begin_inset Index idx
14136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14145 \begin_layout Standard
14147 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14155 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14158 character comes in four lengths: the
14170 , and the minus sign:
14171 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
14177 \begin_layout Standard
14178 \begin_inset Tabular
14179 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
14180 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
14181 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14182 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14183 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14184 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14213 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14236 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14244 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14253 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14278 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14280 \begin_inset space ~
14283 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14290 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14315 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14317 \begin_inset space ~
14320 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14341 \begin_inset Formula $-$
14349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14353 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14361 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14375 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
14381 \begin_layout Standard
14382 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
14383 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14391 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14394 character multiple times in a row.
14395 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
14396 the final output, but not in LyX.
14398 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14402 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14406 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14410 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14414 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14418 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14422 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14428 \begin_layout Standard
14429 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
14430 math mode and has a length of its own.
14431 Here are some examples of the
14432 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14440 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14446 \begin_layout Enumerate
14447 line- and page-breaks
14448 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
14458 \begin_layout Enumerate
14460 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
14470 \begin_layout Enumerate
14471 Oh — there's a dash.
14472 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
14482 \begin_layout Enumerate
14483 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
14487 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
14497 \begin_layout Subsection
14499 \begin_inset Index idx
14502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14509 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14511 name "sub:Hyphenation"
14518 \begin_layout Standard
14519 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
14520 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
14525 \begin_inset Index idx
14528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14529 LaTeX-packages ! babel
14534 following the rules of the document language
14538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14539 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
14547 \begin_inset space ~
14551 \begin_inset space ~
14558 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14569 \begin_layout Standard
14570 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
14575 font and with unusual constructs, like
14576 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14580 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14584 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
14585 This is done with the menu
14587 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14588 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14590 \begin_inset space ~
14596 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
14597 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
14600 \begin_layout Standard
14601 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs from being hyphenated.
14602 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
14604 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14608 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14612 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
14613 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14617 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14620 as a hyphenation possibility.
14621 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
14622 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into a makebox
14623 as described in section
14624 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14627 Prevent Hyphenation
14628 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14638 \begin_layout Subsection
14640 \begin_inset Index idx
14643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14652 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14653 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
14654 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14656 name "sub:Abbreviations"
14663 \begin_layout Standard
14664 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
14665 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
14666 LaTeX then adds the
14667 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14670 appropriate amount of space
14671 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14675 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
14677 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
14680 \begin_layout Standard
14681 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
14682 not work in all cases.
14684 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14692 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14695 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
14696 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
14699 \begin_layout Standard
14700 Here are some examples of
14704 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
14707 \begin_layout Itemize
14712 \begin_layout Itemize
14717 \begin_layout Standard
14718 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
14721 \begin_layout Itemize
14723 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14727 this is too much space!
14730 \begin_layout Itemize
14735 \begin_layout Standard
14736 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
14739 \begin_layout Standard
14740 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
14743 \begin_layout Enumerate
14747 \begin_inset space ~
14752 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
14753 \begin_inset space ~
14757 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14759 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
14764 \begin_inset Index idx
14767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14768 Spaces ! inter-word
14776 \begin_layout Enumerate
14780 \begin_inset space ~
14785 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
14786 \begin_inset space ~
14790 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14792 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
14797 \begin_inset Index idx
14800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14809 \begin_layout Enumerate
14813 \begin_inset space ~
14817 \begin_inset space ~
14821 \begin_inset space ~
14828 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14830 \begin_inset space ~
14835 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
14836 This function is also bound to
14839 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
14845 \begin_layout Standard
14846 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
14849 \begin_layout Itemize
14851 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14855 \begin_inset space \space{}
14858 this is too much space!
14861 \begin_layout Itemize
14862 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
14866 \begin_layout Standard
14867 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
14868 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
14869 will take care of this.
14872 \begin_layout Standard
14873 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
14877 \begin_inset space ~
14882 feature described in section
14888 Additional Features
14893 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14895 \begin_inset Index idx
14898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14899 Typography ! Quotes
14905 \begin_inset Index idx
14908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14939 \begin_layout Standard
14940 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
14941 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
14942 and use a closing quote at the end.
14944 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14948 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14952 The keyboard character,
14956 , generates this automatically.
14959 \begin_layout Standard
14960 You can change the behavior of the
14964 key using the submenu
14970 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14974 \begin_inset Index idx
14977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14978 Document ! Settings
14986 \begin_layout Standard
14987 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
14992 There are six choices:
14995 \begin_layout Labeling
14996 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14999 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15003 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15008 Use quotes like this
15009 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15013 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15017 \begin_inset Quotes els
15021 \begin_inset Quotes ers
15027 \begin_layout Labeling
15028 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15031 \begin_inset Quotes sld
15035 \begin_inset Quotes srd
15041 \begin_inset Quotes sld
15045 \begin_inset Quotes srd
15049 \begin_inset Quotes ers
15055 \begin_layout Labeling
15056 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15059 \begin_inset Quotes gld
15063 \begin_inset Quotes grd
15069 \begin_inset Quotes gld
15073 \begin_inset Quotes grd
15077 \begin_inset Quotes gls
15081 \begin_inset Quotes grs
15087 \begin_layout Labeling
15088 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15091 \begin_inset Quotes pld
15095 \begin_inset Quotes prd
15101 \begin_inset Quotes pld
15105 \begin_inset Quotes prd
15109 \begin_inset Quotes pls
15113 \begin_inset Quotes prs
15119 \begin_layout Labeling
15120 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15123 \begin_inset Quotes fld
15127 \begin_inset Quotes frd
15133 \begin_inset Quotes fld
15137 \begin_inset Quotes frd
15141 \begin_inset Quotes fls
15145 \begin_inset Quotes frs
15151 \begin_layout Labeling
15152 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15155 \begin_inset Quotes ald
15159 \begin_inset Quotes ard
15165 \begin_inset Quotes ald
15169 \begin_inset Quotes ard
15173 \begin_inset Quotes als
15177 \begin_inset Quotes ars
15183 \begin_layout Standard
15184 These settings affect what character the
15191 \begin_layout Subsection
15193 \begin_inset Index idx
15196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15197 Typography ! Ligatures
15203 \begin_inset Index idx
15206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15235 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15237 name "sub:Ligatures"
15244 \begin_layout Standard
15245 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
15246 print them as single characters.
15247 These groups are known as
15252 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
15254 Here are the standard ligatures:
15257 \begin_layout Itemize
15261 \begin_layout Itemize
15265 \begin_layout Itemize
15269 \begin_layout Itemize
15273 \begin_layout Itemize
15277 \begin_layout Standard
15278 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
15281 \begin_layout Standard
15282 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
15283 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
15284 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15288 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15291 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
15292 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15296 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15300 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15304 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15307 To break a ligature, use
15309 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15310 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15312 \begin_inset space ~
15319 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15323 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15327 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15330 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
15332 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15336 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15340 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15344 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15347 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
15349 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15355 \begin_layout Subsection
15357 \begin_inset Index idx
15360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15367 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15369 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
15376 \begin_layout Standard
15377 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
15378 characters in different sizes and heights.
15379 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
15380 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
15381 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15396 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15400 \begin_inset Note Note
15403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15404 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
15405 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15409 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15412 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
15413 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
15418 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
15422 \begin_layout Description
15423 LyX The name of the game, write
15424 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15439 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15445 \begin_layout Description
15446 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
15447 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15462 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15468 \begin_layout Description
15469 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
15470 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15485 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15491 \begin_layout Description
15492 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
15493 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15508 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15514 \begin_layout Standard
15515 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
15516 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15520 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
15524 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15528 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
15529 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
15530 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
15533 : The actual version is
15534 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15538 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15541 , the previous one was
15542 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15546 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15552 \begin_layout Standard
15553 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
15554 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15558 \begin_inset space \space{}
15561 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
15563 This will look in LyX like:
15564 \begin_inset Graphics
15565 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
15571 \begin_inset Newline newline
15574 For more about TeX Code, look at section
15575 \begin_inset space ~
15579 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15581 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
15588 \begin_layout Subsection
15590 \begin_inset Index idx
15593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15602 \begin_layout Standard
15603 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
15604 space between two words.
15605 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
15608 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15612 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15615 for units use the menu
15617 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15618 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15620 \begin_inset space ~
15628 arg "space-insert thin"
15634 \begin_layout Standard
15635 Here's an example to show the differences:
15638 \begin_layout Standard
15639 \begin_inset Tabular
15640 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
15641 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
15642 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15643 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15650 \begin_inset space ~
15654 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
15662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15666 space between number and unit
15673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15678 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15682 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
15690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15694 half space between number and unit
15707 \begin_layout Subsection
15709 \begin_inset Index idx
15712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15713 Typography ! Widows and orphans
15721 \begin_layout Standard
15722 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
15724 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
15725 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
15726 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
15727 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
15728 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
15729 These bits of text became known as
15740 \begin_layout Standard
15741 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
15742 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
15743 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
15744 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
15745 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
15746 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
15747 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
15750 \begin_layout Standard
15751 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
15752 or how you can tweak that behavior.
15753 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
15754 \begin_inset space ~
15758 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15760 key "latexcompanion"
15765 \begin_inset space ~
15769 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15775 ] may have more information.
15776 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
15779 \begin_layout Chapter
15780 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
15781 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15783 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
15790 \begin_layout Standard
15791 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
15796 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
15799 \begin_layout Section
15801 \begin_inset Index idx
15804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15811 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15820 \begin_layout Standard
15821 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
15824 \begin_layout Description
15826 \begin_inset space ~
15829 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
15830 \begin_inset Newline newline
15834 \begin_inset Note Note
15837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15838 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
15846 \begin_layout Description
15847 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
15848 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
15850 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15851 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15852 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
15855 \begin_inset Newline newline
15859 \begin_inset Note Comment
15862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15863 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
15871 \begin_layout Description
15873 \begin_inset space ~
15876 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
15877 \begin_inset Newline newline
15881 \begin_inset Newline newline
15885 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
15888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15894 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
15895 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
15896 How this can be done is explained in the
15905 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
15911 \begin_inset Newline newline
15915 \begin_inset Newline newline
15918 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
15919 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
15922 \begin_layout Standard
15923 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
15931 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15935 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
15938 \begin_layout Section
15940 \begin_inset Index idx
15943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15950 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15952 name "sec:Footnotes"
15959 \begin_layout Standard
15960 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
15963 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15966 or the toolbar button
15969 arg "footnote-insert"
15981 \begin_inset Graphics
15982 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
15991 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
16001 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16009 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16020 label, the box will
16024 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
16025 Clicking on the box label again, will close
16038 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
16054 \begin_layout Standard
16055 Here's an example footnote:
16063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16064 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
16072 \begin_layout Standard
16073 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
16074 position where the footnote box is placed.
16075 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
16076 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
16077 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
16078 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
16079 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
16084 ey are described in the
16091 \begin_layout Section
16093 \begin_inset Index idx
16096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16103 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16105 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
16112 \begin_layout Standard
16113 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
16114 When you insert a margin note via the menu
16116 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16118 \begin_inset space ~
16123 or the toolbar button
16126 arg "marginalnote-insert"
16145 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16149 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16152 appearing within your text.
16153 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
16162 \begin_layout Standard
16163 At the side is an example marginal note.
16167 \begin_inset Marginal
16170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16171 This is a marginal note.
16179 \begin_layout Standard
16180 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
16181 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
16182 pages, right on odd pages.
16185 \begin_layout Section
16186 Graphics and Images
16187 \begin_inset Index idx
16190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16197 \begin_inset Index idx
16200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16207 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16209 name "sec:Graphics"
16216 \begin_layout Standard
16217 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
16218 you want and click on the toolbar icon
16221 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
16226 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16230 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
16233 \begin_layout Standard
16234 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
16239 tab allows you to choose your image file.
16240 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
16242 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
16243 \begin_inset space ~
16247 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16249 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
16256 \begin_layout Standard
16261 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
16262 of the image in the output.
16263 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
16267 \begin_inset space ~
16271 \begin_inset space ~
16280 \begin_inset space ~
16284 \begin_inset space ~
16288 \begin_inset space ~
16293 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
16294 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
16302 \begin_layout Standard
16305 LaTeX and LyX options
16307 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
16308 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
16312 \begin_inset space ~
16317 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
16318 with the image size is printed.
16322 \begin_inset space ~
16326 \begin_inset space ~
16330 \begin_inset space ~
16335 is explained in the
16346 \begin_layout Standard
16347 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
16348 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
16350 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
16354 \begin_layout Standard
16356 \begin_inset Graphics
16357 filename clipart/mobius.eps
16365 \begin_layout Standard
16366 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
16367 the image into a float, see section
16368 \begin_inset space ~
16372 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16374 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
16381 \begin_layout Subsection
16383 \begin_inset Index idx
16386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16393 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16395 name "sub:Image-Formats"
16402 \begin_layout Standard
16403 You can insert images in any known file format.
16404 But as we explained in section
16405 \begin_inset space ~
16409 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16411 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
16415 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
16416 LyX uses therefore the program
16420 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
16421 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
16422 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
16423 \begin_inset space ~
16427 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16429 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
16436 \begin_layout Standard
16437 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
16440 \begin_layout Description
16442 \begin_inset space ~
16445 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
16446 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
16447 Well-known bitmap image formats are
16448 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16451 Graphics Interchange Format
16452 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16455 (GIF, file extension
16456 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16464 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16468 \begin_inset Index idx
16471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16500 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16503 Portable Network Graphics
16504 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16507 (PNG, file extension
16508 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16516 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16520 \begin_inset Index idx
16523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16552 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16555 Joint Photographic Experts Group
16556 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16559 (JPG, file extension
16560 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16568 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16572 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16580 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16584 \begin_inset Index idx
16587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16618 \begin_layout Description
16620 \begin_inset space ~
16623 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
16625 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
16626 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
16627 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
16628 \begin_inset Newline newline
16631 Scalable image formats can be
16632 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16635 Scalable Vector Graphics
16636 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16639 (SVG, file extension
16640 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16648 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16652 \begin_inset Index idx
16655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16684 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16687 Encapsulated PostScript
16688 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16691 (EPS, file extension
16692 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16700 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16704 \begin_inset Index idx
16707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16736 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16739 Portable Document Format
16740 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16743 (PDF, file extension
16744 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16752 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16756 \begin_inset Index idx
16759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16766 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
16767 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
16768 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
16773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16774 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
16782 \begin_layout Standard
16783 Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
16787 \begin_layout Subsection
16788 Grouping of Image Settings
16789 \begin_inset Index idx
16792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16793 Images ! Settings grouping
16801 \begin_layout Standard
16802 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
16804 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
16805 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
16807 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
16808 need to manually change each of them.
16812 \begin_layout Standard
16813 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
16816 \begin_inset space ~
16821 field in the Graphics dialog.
16822 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
16823 by checking the name of the desired group.
16826 \begin_layout Section
16828 \begin_inset Index idx
16831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16838 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16847 \begin_layout Standard
16848 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
16849 \begin_inset Graphics
16850 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
16852 groupId toolbarbuttons
16858 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16862 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
16863 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
16864 from the rest of the table.
16865 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
16866 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
16868 Here's an example table:
16871 \begin_layout Standard
16873 \begin_inset Tabular
16874 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
16875 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16876 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16877 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16878 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16879 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17079 \begin_layout Subsection
17083 \begin_layout Standard
17084 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
17085 brings up the table dialog.
17086 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
17087 where the cursor is placed currently.
17088 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
17089 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
17090 done on all of your selection.
17093 \begin_layout Standard
17094 Additionally to the table dialog, the
17097 \begin_inset space ~
17102 helps you in setting table properties.
17103 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
17106 \begin_layout Standard
17110 \begin_inset space ~
17115 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
17116 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
17117 current cell respectively.
17118 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
17120 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
17121 of text, see section
17122 \begin_inset space ~
17126 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17128 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
17135 \begin_layout Standard
17136 You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell
17137 using the check box
17146 This will merge the cells to
17150 cell, spread over more than one column/row.
17151 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
17152 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
17153 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
17154 in the last row without the upper border:
17157 \begin_layout Standard
17159 \begin_inset Tabular
17160 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
17161 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
17162 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17163 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
17164 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
17165 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17176 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17185 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17261 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17296 \begin_layout Standard
17297 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
17298 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
17299 explained in the tables section of the
17302 \begin_inset space ~
17308 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
17309 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
17312 degrees counterclockwise.
17313 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
17316 \begin_layout Standard
17317 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
17320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17325 Most DVI-viewers are
17329 able to display rotations.
17337 \begin_layout Standard
17342 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
17347 adds lines for all cell borders.
17350 \begin_layout Subsection
17352 \begin_inset Index idx
17355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17356 Tables ! Longtables
17362 \begin_inset Index idx
17365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17374 \begin_layout Standard
17375 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
17378 \begin_inset space ~
17382 \begin_inset space ~
17391 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
17392 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
17395 \begin_layout Description
17400 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
17401 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
17402 except for the first page, if
17405 \begin_inset space ~
17413 \begin_layout Description
17417 \begin_inset space ~
17422 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
17423 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
17426 \begin_layout Description
17431 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
17432 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
17433 except for the last page, if
17436 \begin_inset space ~
17444 \begin_layout Description
17448 \begin_inset space ~
17453 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
17454 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
17457 \begin_layout Description
17458 Caption: The first row is reset as a single column.
17459 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
17461 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17465 More about longtable captions can be found in the
17468 \begin_inset space ~
17476 \begin_layout Standard
17477 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
17478 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
17479 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
17480 The others will then be defined as
17485 In this context, first means first in this order:
17488 \begin_inset space ~
17500 \begin_inset space ~
17506 See the following longtable to see how it works:
17509 \begin_layout Standard
17511 \begin_inset Tabular
17512 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
17513 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
17514 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
17515 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17516 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17517 <row endfirsthead="true">
17518 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17524 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
17529 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17538 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17548 <row endfirsthead="true">
17549 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17560 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17569 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17581 <row endhead="true">
17582 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17593 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17602 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17612 <row endhead="true">
17613 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17624 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17633 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17645 <row endfoot="true">
17646 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17657 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17666 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17697 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18638 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18647 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18656 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18667 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18698 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18729 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18760 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18791 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18822 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18853 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18884 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18915 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18946 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18977 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19008 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19039 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19070 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19101 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19132 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19163 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19194 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19225 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19256 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19287 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19318 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19349 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19380 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19411 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19442 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19473 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19504 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19535 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19566 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19597 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19627 <row endlastfoot="true">
19628 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19639 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
19642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19648 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19665 \begin_layout Subsection
19667 \begin_inset Index idx
19670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19677 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19679 name "sub:Table-Cells"
19686 \begin_layout Standard
19687 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
19688 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
19689 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
19690 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
19694 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
19695 for the cell's paragraph.
19698 \begin_layout Standard
19699 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
19700 for the column in the table dialog.
19701 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
19702 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
19706 \begin_layout Standard
19708 \begin_inset Tabular
19709 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
19710 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
19711 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19712 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
19713 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19733 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19802 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
19807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19858 This is longer now.
19863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19914 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
19915 This is longer now.
19920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19946 \begin_layout Standard
19947 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
19948 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
19952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19953 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
19954 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
19960 Selection with the mouse or with
19964 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
19965 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
19966 the selection from outside the table.
19969 \begin_layout Section
19971 \begin_inset Index idx
19974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19981 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19990 \begin_layout Standard
19991 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
19992 have a fixed location.
19994 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19998 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20001 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
20009 \begin_inset space ~
20014 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
20015 too many notes on the page.
20018 \begin_layout Standard
20019 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
20020 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
20021 and pages without text.
20022 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
20023 , every float can be referenced in the text.
20024 Floats are therefore numbered.
20025 Referencing is described in section
20026 \begin_inset space ~
20030 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20032 reference "sec:Cross-References"
20039 \begin_layout Standard
20040 To insert a float, use the menu
20042 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20046 A box with a caption that has e.
20047 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20051 \begin_inset space \space{}
20055 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20059 \begin_inset space ~
20063 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20066 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
20067 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
20069 After the label you can insert the caption text.
20070 \begin_inset Index idx
20073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20079 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
20080 paragraph within the float.
20081 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
20082 by left-clicking on the box label.
20083 A closed float box looks like this:
20084 \begin_inset Graphics
20085 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
20090 – a gray button with a red label.
20093 \begin_layout Standard
20094 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
20095 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
20098 \begin_layout Subsection
20102 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20104 \begin_inset Index idx
20107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20108 Floats ! Figure floats
20114 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20116 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
20123 \begin_layout Standard
20126 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20127 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20130 inserts a float with the label
20131 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20137 \begin_inset space ~
20143 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20147 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
20148 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
20149 This is what we did for Figure
20150 \begin_inset space ~
20154 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20156 reference "cap:Platypus"
20161 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
20162 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
20163 This was done in Figure
20164 \begin_inset space ~
20168 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20170 reference "cap:Escher"
20177 \begin_layout Standard
20178 \begin_inset Float figure
20183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20185 \begin_inset Graphics
20186 filename clipart/platypus.eps
20194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20195 \begin_inset Caption
20197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20198 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20200 name "cap:Platypus"
20204 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
20217 \begin_layout Standard
20218 \begin_inset Float figure
20223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20224 \begin_inset Caption
20226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20227 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20244 \begin_inset Graphics
20245 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
20258 \begin_layout Standard
20259 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
20261 As described in section
20262 \begin_inset space ~
20266 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20268 reference "sec:Cross-References"
20272 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
20274 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20277 and refer to it using the menu
20279 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20283 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
20285 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20289 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20292 , because, as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document, it
20294 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20298 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20304 \begin_layout Standard
20305 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
20306 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
20307 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
20308 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
20310 \begin_inset space ~
20314 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20316 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
20320 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
20321 You can also set the images one below the other.
20323 \begin_inset space ~
20327 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20329 reference "fig:Undefinable"
20334 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20336 reference "fig:Platypus"
20340 are the subfigures.
20343 \begin_layout Standard
20344 \begin_inset Float figure
20349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20350 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20354 \begin_inset Float figure
20359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20360 \begin_inset Caption
20362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20363 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20365 name "fig:Undefinable"
20377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20378 \begin_inset Graphics
20379 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
20390 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20394 \begin_inset Float figure
20399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20400 \begin_inset Caption
20402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20403 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20405 name "fig:Platypus"
20417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20418 \begin_inset Graphics
20419 filename clipart/platypus.eps
20431 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20438 \begin_inset Caption
20440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20441 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20443 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
20447 Two distorted images.
20460 \begin_layout Standard
20461 Note that the caption is added to the
20464 \begin_inset space ~
20468 \begin_inset space ~
20473 as described in section
20474 \begin_inset space ~
20478 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20480 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
20487 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20489 \begin_inset Index idx
20492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20493 Floats ! Table floats
20501 \begin_layout Standard
20502 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
20504 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20505 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20509 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
20512 \begin_inset space ~
20516 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20518 reference "cap:Table-float"
20522 is an example of a table float.
20525 \begin_layout Standard
20526 \begin_inset Float table
20531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20532 \begin_inset Caption
20534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20535 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20537 name "cap:Table-float"
20549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20551 \begin_inset Tabular
20552 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
20553 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20554 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20555 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20556 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20683 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
20691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20704 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
20707 \end{array}\right]$
20715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20728 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
20749 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20751 \begin_inset Index idx
20754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20755 Floats ! Algorithm floats
20763 \begin_layout Standard
20764 This float type is inserted with the menu
20766 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20767 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20771 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
20772 A possible environment for algorithms is the
20776 , described in section
20777 \begin_inset space ~
20781 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20783 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
20790 \begin_layout Standard
20791 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20799 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
20805 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
20808 \begin_layout Standard
20813 floatname{algorithm}{your
20814 \begin_inset space ~
20820 \begin_layout Standard
20821 to the document preamble (menu
20823 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20830 \begin_inset space ~
20836 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20844 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20850 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20852 \begin_inset Index idx
20855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20856 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
20864 \begin_layout Standard
20865 \begin_inset Wrap figure
20872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20873 \begin_inset Graphics
20874 filename clipart/mobius.eps
20882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20883 \begin_inset Caption
20885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20886 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20888 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20892 This is a wrapped figure.
20893 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20906 This float type is used if you want to
20907 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20911 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20914 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
20916 It can be inserted using the menu
20918 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20919 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20921 \begin_inset space ~
20926 if the LaTeX-package
20931 \begin_inset Index idx
20934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20935 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
20944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20945 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
20948 \begin_inset space ~
20958 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
20961 \begin_inset space ~
20965 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20967 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20971 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
20972 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20980 Available units are explained in Appendix
20981 \begin_inset space ~
20985 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20987 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
20996 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
21000 \begin_layout Standard
21001 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
21004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21009 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.
21010 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21014 \begin_inset space \space{}
21017 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up so
21018 that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed over some
21027 \begin_layout Itemize
21028 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
21029 That means that wrap floats should preferably be inserted in the exact
21030 place when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where
21031 page breaks will appear.
21034 \begin_layout Itemize
21035 Wrap floats should either be placed in their own paragraph before the paragraph
21036 where they should wrap into, or within a paragraph.
21039 \begin_layout Itemize
21040 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause trouble, so make sure that
21041 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
21044 \begin_layout Itemize
21045 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
21048 \begin_layout Subsection
21050 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21052 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
21057 \begin_inset Index idx
21060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21069 \begin_layout Standard
21070 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
21071 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
21075 \begin_inset space ~
21083 \begin_layout Standard
21084 Rotated floats are always placed on their own pages (or columns, when you
21085 have a multicolumn document).
21086 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
21089 \begin_inset space ~
21095 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
21096 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
21103 \begin_layout Standard
21104 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats; the caption
21105 format is also the same: Table
21106 \begin_inset space ~
21110 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21112 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
21116 is an example of a rotated table float.
21119 \begin_layout Standard
21120 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
21123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21128 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
21136 \begin_layout Standard
21137 \begin_inset Float table
21142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21143 \begin_inset Caption
21145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21146 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21148 name "cap:Rotated-table"
21160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21162 \begin_inset Tabular
21163 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
21164 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
21165 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21166 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21167 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21168 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21169 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21229 \begin_layout Subsection
21231 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21233 name "sub:Float-Placement"
21238 \begin_inset Index idx
21241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21250 \begin_layout Standard
21251 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
21252 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
21253 \begin_inset Newline newline
21259 \begin_inset space ~
21264 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
21265 span both columns on the page instead of being confined to just one.
21266 \begin_inset Newline newline
21272 \begin_inset space ~
21277 is used to rotate floats, see section
21278 \begin_inset space ~
21282 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21284 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
21291 \begin_layout Standard
21292 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
21293 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
21296 \begin_inset space ~
21300 \begin_inset space ~
21308 \begin_layout Description
21310 \begin_inset space ~
21314 \begin_inset space ~
21317 possible: try to place the float at the position where it is inserted
21320 \begin_layout Description
21322 \begin_inset space ~
21326 \begin_inset space ~
21329 page: try to place the float at the top of the current page
21332 \begin_layout Description
21334 \begin_inset space ~
21338 \begin_inset space ~
21341 page: try to place the float at the bottom of the current page
21344 \begin_layout Description
21346 \begin_inset space ~
21350 \begin_inset space ~
21353 floats: try to place the float at an own page
21356 \begin_layout Standard
21357 The order of the above option is
21362 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
21366 \begin_inset space ~
21370 \begin_inset space ~
21378 \begin_inset space ~
21382 \begin_inset space ~
21387 , and then the others.
21388 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
21390 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
21391 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
21394 \begin_layout Standard
21395 By default, each option has its own rules:
21398 \begin_layout Standard
21402 \begin_inset space ~
21406 \begin_inset space ~
21411 only floats occupying less than 70
21412 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21415 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
21418 \begin_layout Standard
21422 \begin_inset space ~
21426 \begin_inset space ~
21431 : only floats occupying less than 30
21432 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21435 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
21438 \begin_layout Standard
21442 \begin_inset space ~
21446 \begin_inset space ~
21451 : only if more than 50
21452 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21455 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
21459 \begin_layout Standard
21460 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
21464 \begin_inset space ~
21468 \begin_inset space ~
21476 \begin_layout Standard
21477 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
21478 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
21479 For this case you can use the option
21482 \begin_inset space ~
21488 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
21490 Because the float is then no longer able to
21491 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21495 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21498 when you change your document, this will often destroy the page layout.
21501 \begin_layout Standard
21502 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
21503 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
21506 \begin_layout Standard
21507 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
21509 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
21511 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
21518 \begin_layout Section
21520 \begin_inset Index idx
21523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21530 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21532 name "sec:Minipages"
21539 \begin_layout Standard
21540 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
21542 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
21543 \begin_inset space ~
21550 \begin_layout Standard
21551 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
21553 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21557 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
21558 and its alignment within the page.
21561 \begin_layout Standard
21563 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21573 height_special "totalheight"
21576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21579 This is a minipage.
21580 The text is set in an italic style.
21583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21586 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
21587 another formatting.
21595 \begin_layout Standard
21596 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21599 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
21603 as described in section
21604 \begin_inset space ~
21608 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21610 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
21615 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21621 \begin_layout Standard
21622 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21632 height_special "totalheight"
21635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21636 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21637 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21643 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21647 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21657 height_special "totalheight"
21660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21661 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21662 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21670 \begin_layout Standard
21671 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
21677 \begin_layout Standard
21678 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
21679 to other box types.
21680 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
21691 \begin_layout Chapter
21692 Mathematical Formulas
21693 \begin_inset Index idx
21696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21703 \begin_inset Index idx
21706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21735 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21737 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
21744 \begin_layout Standard
21745 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
21750 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
21753 \begin_layout Section
21755 \begin_inset Index idx
21758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21767 \begin_layout Standard
21768 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
21775 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
21777 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
21778 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
21779 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
21781 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21787 \begin_layout Standard
21788 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
21792 \begin_inset space ~
21797 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
21800 \begin_layout Standard
21801 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
21802 line, like this one:
21805 \begin_layout Standard
21806 This is a line with an inline formula
21807 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
21813 \begin_layout Standard
21814 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in an own paragraph
21816 \begin_inset Formula
21823 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
21826 \begin_layout Standard
21827 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
21829 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21833 \begin_inset space \space{}
21837 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21847 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21850 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
21851 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
21855 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
21858 \begin_inset space ~
21866 \begin_layout Subsection
21867 Navigating in Formulas
21868 \begin_inset Index idx
21871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21880 \begin_layout Standard
21881 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
21882 achieved with the arrow keys.
21883 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
21884 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
21889 will leave a formula construct (a square root
21890 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
21894 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
21898 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21901 \end{array}\right]$
21909 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
21914 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
21915 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
21918 \begin_layout Standard
21923 , printed in this document as
21924 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21941 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21945 \begin_inset Note Note
21948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21949 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
21950 space character (visible space).
21955 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
21956 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
21957 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
21962 For example, if you want
21963 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
21974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22017 , since in the latter case only the
22020 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
22025 will be under the square root sign:
22026 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
22032 \begin_layout Standard
22033 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
22035 \begin_inset Formula
22037 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22046 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
22047 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
22050 \begin_layout Subsection
22054 \begin_layout Standard
22055 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
22056 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
22060 and a cursor movement key to select text.
22061 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
22062 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
22063 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
22064 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
22067 \begin_layout Subsection
22068 Exponents and Subscripts
22069 \begin_inset Index idx
22072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22079 \begin_inset Index idx
22082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22091 \begin_layout Standard
22092 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
22093 way is to use a command.
22095 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
22098 , type in a formula
22104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22120 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
22126 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
22130 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
22139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22151 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
22153 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22157 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22160 , you have to use an extra
22164 to separate the hat and the character.
22166 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22170 \begin_inset space \space{}
22174 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
22183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22195 Subscripts are similar: To get
22196 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
22205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22219 \begin_layout Subsection
22221 \begin_inset Index idx
22224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22233 \begin_layout Standard
22234 Create a fraction with either the command
22241 \begin_inset Graphics
22242 filename ../images/math/frac.png
22250 \begin_inset space ~
22256 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
22257 The cursor is above the fraction line.
22258 To move it to the bottom, simply press
22263 To move back up, press
22268 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
22269 \begin_inset Formula
22271 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
22274 \end{array}\right)}\right]
22282 \begin_layout Subsection
22284 \begin_inset Index idx
22287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22296 \begin_layout Standard
22297 Roots can be created using the
22300 \begin_inset space ~
22306 \begin_inset Graphics
22307 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
22309 groupId toolbarbuttons
22332 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
22338 produces always a square root.
22341 \begin_layout Subsection
22342 Operators with Limits
22343 \begin_inset Index idx
22346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22353 \begin_inset Index idx
22356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22363 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22365 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22372 \begin_layout Standard
22374 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
22378 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
22381 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
22382 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
22383 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
22384 The sum operator will automatically place its
22385 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22389 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22392 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
22395 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
22399 \begin_inset Formula
22401 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
22406 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
22410 \begin_layout Standard
22411 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
22413 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
22414 behind the operator and hitting
22422 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22423 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22425 \begin_inset space ~
22429 \begin_inset space ~
22437 \begin_layout Standard
22438 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
22439 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22443 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22446 feature as addition, such as
22447 \begin_inset Index idx
22450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22457 \begin_inset Formula
22459 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),
22464 which will place the
22465 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
22469 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22473 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22477 In inline formulas it looks like this:
22478 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
22484 \begin_layout Standard
22485 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
22492 Have a look at section
22493 \begin_inset space ~
22497 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22499 reference "sub:Functions"
22503 for an explanation of function macros.
22506 \begin_layout Subsection
22508 \begin_inset Index idx
22511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22520 \begin_layout Standard
22521 Most math symbols can be found in the
22524 \begin_inset space ~
22529 under one of several categories; including
22546 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
22550 \begin_layout Standard
22551 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
22552 you don't have to use the
22555 \begin_inset space ~
22560 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
22561 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
22564 \begin_layout Subsection
22566 \begin_inset Index idx
22569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22578 \begin_layout Standard
22579 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
22584 arg "space-insert protected"
22590 \begin_inset space ~
22596 \begin_inset Graphics
22597 filename ../images/math/space.png
22599 groupId toolbarbuttons
22604 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
22605 For example, the sequence
22610 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
22614 \begin_inset Graphics
22615 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
22620 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
22621 the space marker and hit space again several times.
22622 With every space hit the size will be changed.
22623 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
22625 Here are two examples:
22628 \begin_layout Standard
22638 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
22644 \begin_layout Standard
22654 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
22660 \begin_layout Subsection
22662 \begin_inset Index idx
22665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22672 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22674 name "sub:Functions"
22681 \begin_layout Standard
22685 \begin_inset space ~
22690 contains under the button
22691 \begin_inset Graphics
22692 filename ../images/math/functions.png
22694 groupId toolbarbuttons
22698 a number of function macros, such as
22699 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
22703 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
22711 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
22718 Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to
22719 avoid confusions, because
22720 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
22724 \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
22730 \begin_layout Standard
22731 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
22733 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
22737 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
22743 \begin_layout Standard
22744 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
22745 s are placed, as described in section
22746 \begin_inset space ~
22750 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22752 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22759 \begin_layout Subsection
22761 \begin_inset Index idx
22764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22773 \begin_layout Standard
22774 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
22776 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
22777 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
22778 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22782 \begin_inset space \space{}
22786 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22789 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
22790 Our example is entered by typing
22798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22811 \begin_inset space ~
22815 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22817 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
22821 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
22824 \begin_layout Standard
22825 \begin_inset Float table
22830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22831 \begin_inset Caption
22833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22834 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22836 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
22840 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
22848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22850 \begin_inset Tabular
22851 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
22852 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
22853 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22854 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22855 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22939 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22993 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
23003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23047 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
23057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23101 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
23111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23155 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
23165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23209 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
23219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23263 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
23273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23317 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
23327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23371 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
23381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23416 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
23437 \begin_layout Standard
23438 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
23441 \begin_inset space ~
23447 \begin_inset Graphics
23448 filename ../images/math/hat.png
23450 groupId toolbarbuttons
23454 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
23458 \begin_layout Section
23459 Brackets and Delimiters
23460 \begin_inset Index idx
23463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23470 \begin_inset Index idx
23473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23480 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23482 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23489 \begin_layout Standard
23490 There are several brackets available through LyX.
23491 For most purposes, using just the keys
23496 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
23497 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
23498 toolbar delimiter icon
23501 arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
23505 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
23507 \begin_inset Formula
23509 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
23517 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
23518 \begin_inset Formula
23520 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}
23528 \begin_layout Standard
23529 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
23530 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
23533 \begin_layout Standard
23534 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
23535 left side and right side.
23536 If you use the option
23539 \begin_inset space ~
23544 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
23545 The selection will be shown below the button field.
23546 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
23547 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
23550 \begin_layout Standard
23551 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
23552 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
23553 inside the brackets.
23554 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
23559 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
23562 \begin_layout Section
23563 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
23564 \begin_inset Index idx
23567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23574 \begin_inset Index idx
23577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23584 \begin_inset Index idx
23587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23588 Math ! Multi-line Equations
23596 \begin_layout Standard
23597 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
23600 \begin_inset space ~
23606 \begin_inset Graphics
23607 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
23609 groupId toolbarbuttons
23614 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
23615 Here is an example:
23616 \begin_inset Formula
23618 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
23627 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
23628 \begin_inset space ~
23632 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23634 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23639 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
23640 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
23641 This alignment is set in the box
23646 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23654 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23658 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23666 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23670 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23678 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23683 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23691 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23694 for every column as default.
23695 For example, the sequence
23696 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23704 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23707 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
23708 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
23709 corresponds to the relevant column.
23710 The result will look like this:
23711 \begin_inset Formula
23714 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
23715 column & has & has\, right\\
23716 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
23725 \begin_layout Standard
23726 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
23729 arg "newline-insert newline"
23732 while the cursor is in the matrix.
23733 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
23735 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23738 or the math toolbar.
23741 \begin_layout Standard
23742 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
23743 It can be created with the menu
23745 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23746 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23748 \begin_inset space ~
23760 Here is an example:
23761 \begin_inset Formula
23775 \begin_layout Standard
23776 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23779 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
23782 arg "newline-insert newline"
23786 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
23791 arg "newline-insert newline"
23794 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
23795 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23799 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23802 etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign
23803 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
23804 A new row is created by every further hit of
23807 arg "newline-insert newline"
23811 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
23812 Here is an example:
23813 \begin_inset Formula
23815 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
23816 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
23821 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
23822 where you want to start the shift and hit
23827 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
23828 position to the next column.
23829 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
23830 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
23831 \begin_inset Formula
23833 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}
23841 \begin_layout Standard
23842 The multi-line formula type described here is called
23849 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
23850 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
23851 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23853 reference "eq:asquared"
23858 The other types are described in section
23859 \begin_inset space ~
23863 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23865 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
23872 \begin_layout Section
23873 Formula Numbering and Referencing
23874 \begin_inset Index idx
23877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23878 Math ! Formula numbering
23884 \begin_inset Index idx
23887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23888 Math ! Referencing formulas
23894 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23896 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
23903 \begin_layout Standard
23904 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
23906 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23907 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23909 \begin_inset space ~
23917 arg "math-number-toggle"
23921 The formula number appears in LyX as
23922 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23926 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23929 within parentheses.
23931 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23935 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23938 denotes that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
23940 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
23941 the document class.
23942 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
23943 separated by a dot:
23944 \begin_inset Formula
23954 arg "math-number-toggle"
23957 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
23958 You can only number displayed formulas.
23961 \begin_layout Standard
23962 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
23964 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23965 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23967 \begin_inset space ~
23971 \begin_inset space ~
23975 \begin_inset space ~
23983 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
23986 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
23987 \begin_inset Formula
23990 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
23996 To number all lines use the shortcut
23999 arg "math-number-toggle"
24005 \begin_layout Standard
24006 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24009 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
24010 A label is inserted with the menu
24012 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24015 when the cursor is in the formula.
24016 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
24017 It is recommended to use the proposed
24018 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24026 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24029 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
24030 type when you have many labels in your document.
24031 We inserted in the following example the label
24032 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24036 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24039 in the second line:
24040 \begin_inset Formula
24042 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
24043 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
24048 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
24049 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
24051 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24055 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24059 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
24061 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24063 \begin_inset space ~
24069 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
24070 The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output
24071 as the formula number:
24074 \begin_layout Standard
24075 This is a cross-reference to equation (
24076 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24078 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24085 \begin_layout Standard
24086 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
24087 \begin_inset space ~
24091 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24093 reference "sec:Cross-References"
24098 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
24101 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24104 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
24108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24109 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
24117 \begin_layout Section
24118 User defined math macros
24119 \begin_inset Index idx
24122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24131 \begin_layout Standard
24132 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
24133 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
24134 Math macros are explained in section
24137 \begin_inset space ~
24149 \begin_layout Section
24153 \begin_layout Subsection
24155 \begin_inset Index idx
24158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24167 \begin_layout Standard
24168 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
24169 To set a font in a formula, use the
24172 \begin_inset space ~
24178 \begin_inset Graphics
24179 filename ../images/math/font.png
24181 groupId toolbarbuttons
24185 , or enter its command, listed in table
24186 \begin_inset space ~
24190 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24192 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
24199 \begin_layout Standard
24200 \begin_inset Float table
24205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24206 \begin_inset Caption
24208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24209 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24211 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
24215 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
24223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24225 \begin_inset Tabular
24226 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
24227 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
24228 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24229 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24261 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
24269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24288 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
24296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24315 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
24323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24348 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
24356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24375 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
24383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24402 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
24410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24436 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
24444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24463 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
24471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24497 \begin_layout Standard
24498 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24506 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
24522 \begin_layout Standard
24523 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
24524 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
24529 within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected
24530 space when you need a space in the box.
24531 Here an example where
24532 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24536 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24543 denotes the set of numbers:
24544 \begin_inset Formula
24546 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}
24554 \begin_layout Standard
24555 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
24557 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24561 \begin_inset space \space{}
24573 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
24577 \begin_inset Newline newline
24580 So it is better not to use this feature.
24583 \begin_layout Standard
24584 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
24585 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
24589 \begin_inset Newline newline
24592 You can only print them emboldened using the command
24598 , which works like the other typeface commands:
24599 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
24605 \begin_layout Standard
24612 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
24615 \begin_layout Standard
24616 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
24618 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24619 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24621 \begin_inset space ~
24629 \begin_layout Subsection
24631 \begin_inset Index idx
24634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24643 \begin_layout Standard
24644 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
24646 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
24650 \begin_inset space ~
24654 \begin_inset space ~
24662 \begin_inset space ~
24668 \begin_inset Graphics
24669 filename ../images/math/font.png
24671 groupId toolbarbuttons
24682 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
24683 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
24684 Here is an example:
24685 \begin_inset Formula
24688 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
24689 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}
24698 \begin_layout Subsection
24700 \begin_inset Index idx
24703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24712 \begin_layout Standard
24713 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
24714 automatically chosen in most situations.
24732 For most characters,
24740 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
24741 and certain other structures, are set larger in
24746 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
24747 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
24749 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
24750 \begin_inset Graphics
24751 filename ../images/math/style.png
24753 groupId toolbarbuttons
24758 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
24759 For example, you can set
24760 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
24763 , which is normally in
24772 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
24776 The four styles are used in the following example:
24779 \begin_layout Standard
24780 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
24784 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
24788 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
24792 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
24798 \begin_layout Standard
24799 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
24800 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
24802 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24804 \begin_inset space ~
24809 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
24810 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
24811 will be adjusted to correspond.
24812 As an example here is a formula in the font size
24813 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24817 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24823 \begin_layout Standard
24827 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
24833 \begin_layout Section
24837 \begin_layout Standard
24838 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
24839 the document classes and into layout modules.
24840 \begin_inset Index idx
24843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24849 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
24850 other than the AMS classes.
24852 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24854 reference "sub:Modules"
24858 for more on layout modules.
24861 \begin_layout Section
24863 \begin_inset Index idx
24866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24873 \begin_inset Index idx
24876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24885 \begin_layout Standard
24886 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24887 (AMS) that are in common use.
24890 \begin_layout Subsection
24891 Enabling AMS-Support
24894 \begin_layout Standard
24895 Selecting the checkbox
24898 \begin_inset space ~
24902 \begin_inset space ~
24906 \begin_inset space ~
24913 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24917 \begin_inset Index idx
24920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24921 Document ! Settings
24929 \begin_inset space ~
24934 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24936 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24937 formulas, ensure that you have enabled AMS.
24940 \begin_layout Subsection
24942 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24944 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24949 \begin_inset Index idx
24952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24953 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24961 \begin_layout Standard
24962 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24963 LyX allows you to choose between
24984 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24987 \begin_layout Chapter
24991 \begin_layout Section
24993 \begin_inset Index idx
24996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25003 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25005 name "sec:Cross-References"
25012 \begin_layout Standard
25013 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
25014 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
25016 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
25017 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
25018 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
25021 \begin_layout Enumerate
25025 \begin_layout Enumerate
25026 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25028 name "enu:Second-item"
25035 \begin_layout Enumerate
25039 \begin_layout Standard
25040 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
25042 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25045 or by pressing the toolbar button
25052 A grey label box like this:
25053 \begin_inset Graphics
25054 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
25059 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
25060 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
25062 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25070 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25075 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25083 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25087 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25091 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25095 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
25096 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25100 \begin_inset space \space{}
25103 if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
25104 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25112 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25118 \begin_layout Standard
25119 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
25121 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25124 or the toolbar button
25127 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
25131 A grey cross-reference box like this:
25132 \begin_inset Graphics
25133 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
25138 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
25140 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
25141 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25149 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25153 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
25157 \begin_layout Standard
25160 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25163 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
25168 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
25169 to the actual cursor position via the menu
25171 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25177 \begin_layout Standard
25178 Here is our cross-reference: Item
25179 \begin_inset space ~
25183 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25185 reference "enu:Second-item"
25192 \begin_layout Standard
25193 It is recommended to use a protected space
25197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25198 described in section
25199 \begin_inset space ~
25203 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25205 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
25214 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
25218 \begin_layout Standard
25219 There are six varieties of cross-references:
25222 \begin_layout Description
25223 <reference>: prints the number, this is the default:
25224 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25226 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25233 \begin_layout Description
25234 (<reference>): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style
25235 normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name
25237 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25241 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25245 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25247 reference "eq:tanhExp"
25254 \begin_layout Description
25255 <page>: prints the page number: Page
25256 \begin_inset space ~
25260 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25261 LatexCommand pageref
25262 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25269 \begin_layout Description
25271 \begin_inset space ~
25275 \begin_inset space ~
25278 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
25279 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25280 LatexCommand vpageref
25281 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25288 \begin_layout Description
25290 \begin_inset space ~
25294 \begin_inset space ~
25298 \begin_inset space ~
25301 <page>: prints the number, the text "on page", and the page number:
25302 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25304 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25311 \begin_layout Description
25313 \begin_inset space ~
25316 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
25317 \begin_inset Newline newline
25321 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25329 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
25338 \begin_inset Index idx
25341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25342 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
25348 \begin_inset Index idx
25351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25352 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
25365 \begin_layout Description
25367 \begin_inset space ~
25370 reference: prints the caption or name of the reference:
25371 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25372 LatexCommand nameref
25373 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25380 \begin_layout Standard
25385 will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same,
25388 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25392 \begin_inset space \space{}
25396 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25404 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25410 <reference> on page <page>
25412 will not print anything about the page if the label is on the same page.
25415 \begin_layout Standard
25416 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output
25417 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
25418 The varieties are adjusted in the field
25422 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
25426 \begin_layout Standard
25427 You can only use the style
25431 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
25435 is always possible.
25438 \begin_layout Standard
25439 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
25440 for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
25442 Referencing formulas is explained in section
25443 \begin_inset space ~
25447 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25449 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
25456 \begin_layout Standard
25457 Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
25461 \begin_inset space ~
25465 \begin_inset space ~
25470 sets the cursor before the referenced label.
25471 This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
25474 \begin_inset space ~
25479 so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
25480 You can also go back with the toolbar button
25483 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
25489 \begin_layout Standard
25490 You can change labels at any time.
25491 References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
25492 do not need to take care about this.
25495 \begin_layout Standard
25496 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see two question
25497 marks in the output instead of the reference.
25500 \begin_layout Standard
25501 References are described in detail in sec.
25502 \begin_inset space ~
25506 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25510 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25520 \begin_layout Section
25521 Table of Contents and other Listings
25522 \begin_inset Index idx
25525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25532 \begin_inset Index idx
25535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25542 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25551 \begin_layout Subsection
25553 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25555 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
25562 \begin_layout Standard
25563 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
25565 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25566 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25568 \begin_inset space ~
25572 \begin_inset space ~
25578 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
25579 If you click on it, the
25583 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
25584 sections in your documents.
25585 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
25587 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25590 that is described in sec.
25591 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25595 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25597 reference "sec:Navigating"
25604 \begin_layout Standard
25605 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
25606 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
25608 \begin_inset space ~
25612 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25614 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
25618 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
25620 \begin_inset space ~
25624 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25626 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
25630 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
25632 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
25635 \begin_layout Subsection
25636 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
25637 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25639 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
25646 \begin_layout Standard
25647 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
25648 You can insert them via the
25650 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25652 \begin_inset space ~
25656 \begin_inset space ~
25662 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
25665 \begin_layout Section
25666 URLs and Hyperlinks
25667 \begin_inset Index idx
25670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25677 \begin_inset Index idx
25680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25689 \begin_layout Subsection
25691 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25700 \begin_layout Standard
25701 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
25703 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25709 \begin_layout Standard
25710 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
25711 \begin_inset Flex URL
25714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25724 \begin_layout Standard
25725 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
25731 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
25735 \begin_layout Standard
25736 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25744 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
25752 \begin_layout Subsection
25754 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25756 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
25763 \begin_layout Standard
25764 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
25766 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25769 or with the toolbar button
25776 The appearing dialog has two fields:
25785 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
25786 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
25787 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25789 name "LyX's homepage"
25790 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25794 , an Email address like this:
25795 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25797 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
25798 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
25803 , or a link to a file.
25806 \begin_layout Standard
25807 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
25809 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25817 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25820 to the link target.
25823 \begin_layout Standard
25824 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
25825 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
25826 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
25827 the text style dialog.
25828 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
25832 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25834 name "LyX's homepage"
25835 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25842 \begin_layout Standard
25843 The link text color can be changed, when the option
25847 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
25849 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25850 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25854 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
25856 \begin_inset Newline newline
25864 \begin_inset Newline newline
25871 in the PDF Properties dialog.
25874 \begin_layout Section
25876 \begin_inset Index idx
25879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25886 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25888 name "sec:Appendices"
25895 \begin_layout Standard
25896 Appendices are created with the menu
25898 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25900 \begin_inset space ~
25904 \begin_inset space ~
25910 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
25911 as the appendix region.
25912 The region is marked with a red borderline.
25915 \begin_layout Standard
25916 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
25917 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
25918 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
25919 and the subsection number.
25920 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
25924 \begin_layout Standard
25926 \begin_inset space ~
25930 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25932 reference "cha:Credits"
25937 \begin_inset space ~
25941 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25943 reference "sub:Export"
25950 \begin_layout Section
25952 \begin_inset Index idx
25955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25962 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25964 name "sec:Bibliography"
25971 \begin_layout Standard
25972 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25973 You can include a bibliography database,
25977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25978 Known under the name
25979 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25983 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25991 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
25992 manually, using the paragraph environment
25996 , which was described in section
25997 \begin_inset space ~
26001 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26003 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
26008 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
26009 document, like author-year citations, then you must
26013 use a bibliography database.
26016 \begin_layout Subsection
26017 The Bibliography Environment
26020 \begin_layout Standard
26025 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
26027 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
26036 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
26038 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
26040 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26044 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26047 , a short form of its title, as key.
26050 \begin_layout Standard
26051 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
26053 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26056 or the toolbar button
26059 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
26063 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
26064 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
26065 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
26066 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
26070 \begin_layout Standard
26071 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
26072 entry with surrounding brackets.
26077 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
26078 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
26080 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26084 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26090 \begin_layout Standard
26093 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
26096 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26098 key "latexcompanion"
26105 \begin_layout Standard
26106 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
26107 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26116 \begin_layout Subsection
26117 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
26118 \begin_inset Index idx
26121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26122 Bibliography ! Databases
26128 \begin_inset Index idx
26131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26132 Bibliography ! BibTeX
26138 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26140 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
26147 \begin_layout Standard
26148 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
26153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26154 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
26156 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
26157 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
26162 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
26164 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
26165 your working field in a database.
26166 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
26167 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
26169 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
26173 \begin_layout Standard
26174 The database is a text file with the file extension
26175 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26183 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26186 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
26187 The format is explained in
26188 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26194 and in LaTeX books (
26195 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26197 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
26202 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
26203 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
26204 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
26205 \begin_inset Flex URL
26208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26210 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
26218 \begin_layout Standard
26219 To use a database, use the menu
26221 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26226 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26239 \begin_inset space ~
26245 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
26246 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
26249 Add bibliography to TOC
26251 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
26256 drop box you can select whether to include > all the entries in the database
26257 in the document or just the cited references.
26260 \begin_layout Standard
26261 The style file is a text file with the file extension
26262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26270 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26273 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
26274 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
26275 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
26277 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
26282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26283 For information how this is done, have a look at
26284 \begin_inset Newline newline
26288 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26290 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
26302 \begin_layout Standard
26303 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
26306 \begin_layout Standard
26307 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
26308 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
26311 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26339 \begin_inset space ~
26345 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
26351 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26360 \begin_layout Standard
26361 When you select the option
26363 Sectioned bibliography
26367 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26370 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
26371 This and other options are explained in detail in section
26373 Customizing Bibliographies
26381 Additional Features
26386 \begin_layout Standard
26387 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
26388 the two methods of creating them.
26389 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
26390 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
26391 We used the style file
26395 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
26398 \begin_layout Subsection
26399 Bibliography layout
26400 \begin_inset Index idx
26403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26404 Bibliography ! Layout
26412 \begin_layout Standard
26413 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
26414 For this feature you need to enable the option
26420 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26424 \begin_inset Index idx
26427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26428 Document ! Settings
26438 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
26439 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
26440 in the previous section.
26443 \begin_layout Standard
26444 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
26445 in the citation reference window.
26446 Here an example where we set the text
26447 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26451 \begin_inset space ~
26455 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26458 to appear after the reference:
26461 \begin_layout Standard
26463 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26466 key "latexcompanion"
26473 \begin_layout Section
26475 \begin_inset Index idx
26478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26485 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26494 \begin_layout Standard
26495 An index entry is created if you use the menu
26497 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26499 \begin_inset space ~
26504 or the toolbar button
26512 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26520 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26523 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
26524 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
26525 by LyX as the index entry.
26528 \begin_layout Standard
26529 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
26530 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
26532 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26534 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
26541 \begin_layout Standard
26542 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
26544 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26546 \begin_inset space ~
26550 \begin_inset space ~
26553 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26555 \begin_inset space ~
26561 A light blue box labeled
26562 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26570 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26573 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
26574 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
26577 \begin_layout Subsection
26578 Grouping Index Entries
26579 \begin_inset Index idx
26582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26591 \begin_layout Standard
26592 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
26594 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
26595 lists under the entry
26596 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26600 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26604 First we create the entry
26605 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26609 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26613 \begin_inset space ~
26617 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26619 reference "sub:Lists"
26624 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
26625 \begin_inset space ~
26629 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26631 reference "sec:Itemize"
26635 , we insert the command
26638 \begin_layout Standard
26644 \begin_layout Standard
26648 \begin_layout Standard
26654 \begin_layout Standard
26655 for the enumerated list in section
26656 \begin_inset space ~
26660 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26662 reference "sec:Enumerate"
26669 \begin_layout Standard
26670 The exclamation mark
26671 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26675 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26678 marks the grouping levels.
26679 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
26680 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
26681 If we don't have an index entry for
26682 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26686 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26689 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
26692 \begin_layout Subsection
26694 \begin_inset Index idx
26697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26698 Index ! Page ranges
26706 \begin_layout Standard
26707 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
26709 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
26710 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
26712 \begin_inset space ~
26716 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26718 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
26725 \begin_layout Standard
26728 Paragraph environments|(
26731 \begin_layout Standard
26732 and another entry at the end of section
26733 \begin_inset space ~
26737 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26739 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
26746 \begin_layout Standard
26749 Paragraph environments|)
26752 \begin_layout Standard
26754 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26762 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26766 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26774 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26777 respectively start and end the index range.
26778 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
26779 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
26780 the pages of the indexed document parts.
26781 An example is the index entry
26782 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26785 Document ! Settings
26786 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26792 \begin_layout Subsection
26794 \begin_inset Index idx
26797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26798 Index ! Cross referencing
26806 \begin_layout Standard
26807 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
26808 We referred for example in the index entry
26809 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26813 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26817 \begin_inset space ~
26821 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26823 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
26827 ) to the index entry
26828 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26832 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26835 in the same section using the entry
26838 \begin_layout Standard
26841 GIF|see{Image formats}
26844 \begin_layout Standard
26845 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
26846 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
26847 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
26850 \begin_layout Subsection
26852 \begin_inset Index idx
26855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26856 Index ! Entry order
26864 \begin_layout Standard
26865 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
26866 then not follow the rules for the index order.
26867 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
26871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26872 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
26874 \begin_inset space ~
26878 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26880 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26889 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
26890 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
26891 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26895 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26899 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26903 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26907 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26911 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26915 \begin_inset Index idx
26918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26919 Dummy entries ! maïs
26925 \begin_inset Index idx
26928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26929 Dummy entries ! maître
26935 \begin_inset Index idx
26938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26939 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
26944 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
26945 order maïs, maison, maître.
26946 To achieve this, we use the command
26949 \begin_layout Standard
26952 previous entry@current entry
26955 \begin_layout Standard
26956 In our case we want to have
26957 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26961 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26965 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26969 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26972 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
26975 \begin_layout Standard
26981 \begin_layout Standard
26982 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
26983 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
26987 \begin_layout Standard
26988 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26994 \begin_layout Standard
26995 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
27000 to generate the index (see sec.
27001 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27005 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27007 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27016 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
27018 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27022 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27024 reference "sub:Document-Font"
27028 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
27029 index commands start with
27030 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27038 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27042 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
27047 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
27050 \begin_layout Standard
27062 \begin_layout Standard
27074 \begin_layout Subsection
27076 \begin_inset Index idx
27079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27080 Index ! Entry layout
27088 \begin_layout Standard
27089 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
27090 \begin_inset Index idx
27093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27096 This is an italic dummy entry
27101 You can also format the page number using the character
27102 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27106 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27109 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
27110 We can write for example
27113 \begin_layout Standard
27116 italic page number:|textit
27119 \begin_layout Standard
27120 to get the page number in italic.
27121 \begin_inset Index idx
27124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27125 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
27130 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
27132 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27140 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27148 \begin_inset space ~
27154 Have a look at section
27155 \begin_inset space ~
27159 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27161 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27165 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
27168 \begin_layout Standard
27169 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27177 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
27181 to generate the index, see sec.
27182 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27186 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27188 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27197 , however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text.
27198 This is because xindy requires you to define semantic elements before
27199 they can be used, see
27200 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27203 key "latexcompanion"
27215 \begin_layout Standard
27216 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
27218 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
27219 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
27220 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
27221 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
27222 If so, put the following in the preamble
27225 \begin_layout Standard
27237 \begin_layout Standard
27241 \begin_layout Standard
27247 \begin_layout Standard
27248 in the index entry.
27249 \begin_inset Index idx
27252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27253 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
27258 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
27259 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
27260 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
27263 \begin_layout Standard
27264 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
27266 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27270 \begin_inset space \space{}
27273 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
27274 for all index entries.
27275 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
27287 documentation for details,
27288 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27290 key "makeindex,xindy"
27297 \begin_layout Subsection
27299 \begin_inset Index idx
27302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27309 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27311 name "sub:Index-Program"
27318 \begin_layout Standard
27319 If the index entry program
27323 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
27327 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
27331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27336 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
27337 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
27338 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
27339 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
27340 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
27350 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
27351 dialog, see section
27352 \begin_inset space ~
27356 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27358 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27363 The available options are listed and explained in
27364 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27366 key "makeindex,xindy"
27371 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
27375 \begin_layout Standard
27376 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
27377 given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{}
27380 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27381 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27382 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
27386 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
27387 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
27390 \begin_layout Subsection
27394 \begin_layout Standard
27395 In many fields, it is common to have more than one index.
27396 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
27397 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27404 next to the standard index.
27405 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many
27406 packages that add this feature.
27412 \begin_inset Index idx
27415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27416 LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
27421 package to generate multiple indexes.
27422 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
27423 If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX Catalogue,
27424 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27431 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
27432 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
27433 Please consult the package's manual for details.
27436 \begin_layout Standard
27437 To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
27439 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27440 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27441 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
27445 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27448 Use multiple Indexes
27449 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27453 Note that the list of
27454 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27458 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27461 below already contains the standard index.
27462 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
27463 also appear as a heading) to the
27464 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27468 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27471 input field and press the
27472 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27476 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27480 The new index should now appear in the list as well.
27481 If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
27482 by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
27483 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27486 Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27488 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27492 The label color may help you to differentiate index entries of different
27493 indexes in the LyX work area.
27496 \begin_layout Standard
27497 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
27500 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27502 \begin_inset space ~
27506 \begin_inset space ~
27515 menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
27516 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
27517 are some additional features:
27520 \begin_layout Itemize
27521 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
27522 on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
27525 \begin_layout Itemize
27526 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
27527 Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
27528 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27532 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27536 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
27538 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27541 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
27542 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
27543 to the non-subindexes.
27546 \begin_layout Section
27547 Nomenclature / Glossary
27548 \begin_inset Index idx
27551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27558 \begin_inset Index idx
27561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27590 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27592 name "sec:Nomenclature"
27599 \begin_layout Standard
27600 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
27601 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
27605 \begin_layout Standard
27606 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
27611 \begin_inset Index idx
27614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27615 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
27621 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
27622 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27628 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
27631 \begin_layout Standard
27632 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
27633 and then use the menu
27635 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27641 \begin_inset space ~
27646 or the toolbar button
27649 arg "nomencl-insert"
27654 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27662 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27665 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
27668 \begin_layout Standard
27669 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
27670 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
27671 The second is the description of the symbol.
27674 \begin_layout Standard
27675 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27683 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
27691 \begin_layout Subsection
27692 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
27693 \begin_inset Index idx
27696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27697 Nomenclature ! Layout
27705 \begin_layout Standard
27706 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
27710 field as LaTeX-formulas.
27712 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27716 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27720 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27724 \begin_inset Newline newline
27732 \begin_inset Newline newline
27738 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27742 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27745 character starts/ends the formula.
27746 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
27748 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27754 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27758 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
27768 \begin_layout Standard
27769 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
27770 \begin_inset space ~
27774 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27776 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27783 \begin_layout Standard
27787 \begin_inset space ~
27792 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
27793 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
27794 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27798 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27802 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27805 in this document is:
27806 \begin_inset Newline newline
27811 dummy entry for the character
27816 \begin_inset Newline newline
27828 \begin_inset space ~
27838 font use the command
27867 \begin_layout Subsection
27868 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
27869 \begin_inset Index idx
27872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27873 Nomenclature ! Sort order
27881 \begin_layout Standard
27882 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
27883 the symbol definition.
27884 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
27885 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
27888 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27889 LatexCommand nomenclature
27891 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
27898 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27902 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27903 LatexCommand nomenclature
27906 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
27911 They will be sorted by
27912 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27920 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27924 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27934 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27938 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27941 will be sorted before the
27945 since the character
27946 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27950 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27953 is considered in sorting.
27956 \begin_layout Standard
27957 To control the sort order, you can edit the
27960 \begin_inset space ~
27965 field of the nomenclature dialog.
27966 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
27968 For the example given, you can insert
27972 in this field for the
27973 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27980 will be located before
27981 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27987 \begin_layout Standard
27988 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
27993 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28002 \begin_layout Subsection
28003 Nomenclature Options
28004 \begin_inset Index idx
28007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28008 Nomenclature ! Options
28016 \begin_layout Standard
28021 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
28022 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
28025 \begin_layout Description
28026 refeq Appends the phrase
28027 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28039 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28042 to every nomenclature entry, where
28048 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
28051 \begin_layout Description
28052 refpage Appends the phrase
28053 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28065 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28068 to every nomenclature entry, where
28074 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
28077 \begin_layout Description
28078 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
28081 \begin_layout Standard
28082 There are furthermore the options
28126 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
28130 \begin_layout Standard
28131 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
28132 class options list in the
28134 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28138 In this document the option
28145 \begin_layout Standard
28146 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28152 \begin_layout Standard
28153 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
28154 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
28159 field in the nomenclature dialog:
28162 \begin_layout Description
28172 \begin_layout Description
28175 nomrefpage Like the
28182 \begin_layout Description
28185 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
28194 \begin_layout Description
28198 \begin_inset space ~
28204 \begin_inset space ~
28209 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
28212 \begin_layout Subsection
28213 Printing the Nomenclature
28214 \begin_inset Index idx
28217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28218 Nomenclature ! Printing
28226 \begin_layout Standard
28227 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
28229 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28231 \begin_inset space ~
28235 \begin_inset space ~
28238 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28242 A light blue box labeled
28243 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28251 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28254 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
28255 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
28258 \begin_layout Standard
28259 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
28260 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28264 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28268 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
28276 For example, in order to change the name to
28280 , add the following line to the preamble:
28283 \begin_layout Standard
28291 nomname}{List of Symbols}
28294 \begin_layout Standard
28295 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28301 \begin_layout Standard
28302 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
28303 by adding the following line to the preamble:
28306 \begin_layout Standard
28314 nomlabelwidth}{width}
28317 \begin_layout Standard
28320 where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
28321 \begin_inset space ~
28325 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28327 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
28332 The default value is 1
28333 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28339 \begin_layout Subsection
28340 Nomenclature Program
28341 \begin_inset Index idx
28344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28345 Nomenclature ! Program
28351 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28353 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
28360 \begin_layout Standard
28361 LyX uses the program
28365 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
28366 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
28371 by adding options, see section
28372 \begin_inset space ~
28376 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28378 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
28383 The available options are listed and explained in
28384 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28386 key "nomencl,makeindex"
28393 \begin_layout Section
28395 \begin_inset Index idx
28398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28405 \begin_inset Index idx
28408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28409 Document ! Branches
28415 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28417 name "sec:Branches"
28424 \begin_layout Standard
28425 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
28426 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
28427 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
28428 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
28431 \begin_layout Standard
28432 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
28433 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
28434 To create a branch, either select the menu
28436 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28437 Branch\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28440 (if you just want to specify a new branch) or go in the
28442 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28449 , where you can specify and change the name of the branch, its activation
28450 state (whether the content of the branch is shown in the output or not),
28451 its background color inside LyX and whether the name of the branch should
28452 be appended to the document file name on export if the branch is active
28453 (see below for an example).
28454 Furthermore, the dialog lets you merge two branches (just rename one branch
28455 to the name of the other) and to add
28456 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28460 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28464 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28468 \begin_inset space ~
28471 branches that were added to the document via copy and paste from other documents
28472 , without having being defined) to the document's branch list.
28475 \begin_layout Standard
28476 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
28477 These boxes are inserted via the menu
28479 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28482 where you can choose a branch.
28483 You can later change the activation state of the branch by right-clicking
28487 \begin_layout Standard
28488 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
28489 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
28492 \begin_layout Standard
28493 \begin_inset Branch Question
28496 \begin_layout Standard
28497 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
28505 \begin_layout Standard
28506 \begin_inset Branch Answer
28509 \begin_layout Standard
28510 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
28518 \begin_layout Standard
28525 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28526 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28529 , the name of the active branches will be appended to the file name at export.
28530 Consider for example a file
28531 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28535 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28538 which has the above branches.
28540 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28544 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28547 is active, the PDF export file would be called
28548 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28552 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28556 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28560 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28564 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28568 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28571 branch were inactive,
28572 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28576 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28580 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28584 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28587 branch was active, likewise
28588 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28592 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28596 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28600 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28603 branch was active, and
28604 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28607 Exam-Question-Answer.pdf
28608 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28611 if both branches were active.
28612 This helps you to easily export different versions of your document without
28616 \begin_layout Standard
28617 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28623 \begin_layout Standard
28624 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
28625 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
28627 For example you can define for the question branch
28631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28632 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
28633 \begin_inset space ~
28637 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28639 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28651 \begin_layout Standard
28661 \begin_layout Standard
28671 \begin_layout Standard
28672 and for the answer branch
28675 \begin_layout Standard
28685 \begin_layout Standard
28695 \begin_layout Standard
28696 \begin_inset Branch Question
28699 \begin_layout Standard
28703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28731 \begin_layout Standard
28732 \begin_inset Branch Answer
28735 \begin_layout Standard
28739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28767 \begin_layout Standard
28768 Now it is possible to use the commands
28772 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
28779 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
28782 to obtain conditional output.
28783 Here is an example formula where only the
28790 \begin_inset Formula
28792 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.
28800 \begin_layout Standard
28801 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
28809 \begin_layout Section
28811 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28813 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
28818 \begin_inset Index idx
28821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28830 \begin_layout Standard
28835 dialog allows you in the
28839 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
28840 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
28845 \begin_inset Index idx
28848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28849 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
28857 \begin_layout Standard
28862 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
28863 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
28864 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
28866 You can specify in the dialog tab
28870 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
28872 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
28873 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
28877 \begin_layout Standard
28882 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
28883 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
28884 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
28886 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
28887 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
28889 \begin_inset space ~
28892 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
28893 \begin_inset space ~
28896 1 will only display the sections.
28899 \begin_layout Standard
28900 The header information in the dialog tab
28904 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
28905 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
28906 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28910 \begin_inset space \space{}
28913 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
28914 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
28917 Automatic fill header
28919 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
28920 title and author settings.
28923 \begin_layout Standard
28926 Load in fullscreen mode
28928 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
28931 \begin_layout Standard
28932 PDF properties are also used in this document.
28933 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
28939 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
28940 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28949 \begin_layout Section
28950 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
28951 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28953 name "sec:TeX-Code"
28960 \begin_layout Subsection
28962 \begin_inset Index idx
28965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28972 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28974 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
28981 \begin_layout Standard
28982 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
28983 constructs, but not all.
28984 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
28985 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
28986 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
28987 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
28988 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
28992 \begin_layout Standard
28993 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
28995 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
28997 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28999 \begin_inset space ~
29004 or by the toolbar button
29011 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
29015 \begin_layout Standard
29016 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
29017 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
29018 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word and are therefore
29019 using the LaTeX-command
29025 , you can write the command part
29031 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
29035 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
29036 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
29037 the following example:
29040 \begin_layout Standard
29041 \begin_inset Graphics
29042 filename clipart/ERT.png
29050 \begin_layout Standard
29054 \begin_layout Standard
29055 This is a line with a
29059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29082 \begin_layout Standard
29083 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
29086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29091 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
29092 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
29100 \begin_layout Subsection
29101 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
29102 \begin_inset Argument
29105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29112 \begin_inset Index idx
29115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29122 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29124 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
29131 \begin_layout Standard
29132 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
29133 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
29134 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
29135 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29139 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29143 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
29144 any time if you know the right commands.
29146 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29150 \begin_inset space \space{}
29153 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
29155 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
29156 all caption labels bold.
29157 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
29159 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
29163 \begin_layout Standard
29164 Now LaTeX comes into play.
29165 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
29166 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
29168 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29177 \begin_layout Standard
29178 As result you know that the package
29183 \begin_inset Index idx
29186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29187 LaTeX-packages ! caption
29193 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
29195 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29201 \begin_layout Standard
29206 usepackage[options]{package name}
29209 \begin_layout Standard
29210 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
29211 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
29212 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
29215 \begin_layout Standard
29216 In your case the package name is
29221 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
29226 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
29227 So you add the command
29230 \begin_layout Standard
29235 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
29238 \begin_layout Standard
29239 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
29243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29244 For more commands provided by the
29248 package, have a look at its documentation,
29249 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29263 \begin_layout Standard
29264 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
29266 For example if you use a
29270 class, you don't need the package
29274 , you can instead write
29277 \begin_layout Standard
29282 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
29287 \begin_layout Standard
29288 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
29289 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
29290 documentation of the document class you want to use.
29297 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
29300 \begin_layout Standard
29301 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
29302 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
29304 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
29305 the previous section.
29308 \begin_layout Standard
29309 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
29311 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29313 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
29321 \begin_layout Section
29322 Previewing Snippets of your Document
29323 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29325 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
29330 \begin_inset Index idx
29333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29340 \begin_inset Index idx
29343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29352 \begin_layout Standard
29353 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
29354 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
29355 to break your train of thought with
29357 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29363 \begin_layout Standard
29364 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
29365 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
29370 \begin_inset Index idx
29373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29374 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
29379 as explained below, and turn on
29382 \begin_inset space ~
29389 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29393 \begin_inset space ~
29397 \begin_inset space ~
29400 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29405 \begin_inset space ~
29410 is the multiplication factor for the size.
29413 \begin_layout Standard
29414 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
29416 Previews of an already loaded document are
29420 generated just by selecting the
29423 \begin_inset space ~
29428 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
29431 \begin_layout Standard
29432 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
29433 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
29436 \begin_inset space ~
29441 check box in the insert dialog.
29442 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
29446 \begin_layout Standard
29447 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
29451 (on some systems named simply
29456 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29458 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29464 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29465 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
29473 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
29477 \begin_layout Standard
29478 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
29484 \begin_layout Standard
29485 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
29489 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29491 \begin_inset space ~
29496 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
29497 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
29499 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
29500 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
29501 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
29502 the source view window.
29505 \begin_layout Section
29506 Advanced Find and Replace
29507 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29509 name "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
29514 \begin_inset Index idx
29517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29524 \begin_inset Index idx
29527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29536 \begin_layout Subsection
29540 \begin_layout Standard
29541 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX allows for searching of complex,
29542 format-sensitive text segments and mathematics contents within LyX documents.
29543 It is an enhancement of the standard (quick) find and replace feature.
29544 The key-features are:
29547 \begin_layout Itemize
29548 Both searching of text and of mathematical formulas is allowed, where the
29549 latter is done by entering mathematics in the usual way; not only entire
29550 mathematical formulas are found, but also parts occurring within more complex
29554 \begin_layout Itemize
29555 Search may be format-insensitive, so that the searched text is found in
29556 any context/style (standard text, section headings, notes, and even mathematics
29557 ), or it may be format-sensitive, so that, for example, a word entered with
29558 a section heading will only be found within section headings
29561 \begin_layout Itemize
29562 Search may be widened to a specific
29567 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29571 \begin_inset space ~
29574 a set of files which may be all the children of the document being edited,
29575 all the open files, or all the manuals available from the
29582 \begin_layout Itemize
29583 Replace may optionally preserve capitalization, so that the replaced text
29584 capitalization is adapted to the matching text (i.
29585 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29589 \begin_inset space ~
29592 all lowercase, all uppercase, first uppercase followed by lowercase)
29595 \begin_layout Subsection
29599 \begin_layout Standard
29600 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX is activated through the menu
29603 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29616 arg "dialog-show findreplaceadv"
29619 ) or the toolbar button
29622 arg "dialog-toggle findreplaceadv"
29628 Advanced Find and Replace
29633 \begin_layout Subsubsection
29637 \begin_layout Standard
29642 LyX mini-editor a simple word, and search for occurrences of it by clicking
29647 button at the bottom of the dialog (or just press the
29652 The entered word is found both in text mode and in math mode, and in emphasized
29653 , bold or normal face, and in both in section titles and in standard text.
29654 Pressing repeatedly
29658 keeps searching forward.
29659 Similarly, pressing
29663 searches for the entered text backwards.
29666 \begin_layout Standard
29667 While searching, the
29671 option allows matches to occur only with the same case as entered in the
29681 option allows matches to occur only at word boundaries.
29684 \begin_layout Subsubsection
29685 Searching for mathematics
29688 \begin_layout Standard
29689 Mathematical formulas may be searched for by typing in the
29693 editor a mathematical formula, such as
29694 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
29697 or also something more complex like
29698 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}$
29702 When searching for a formula, it is found both when it is alone and when
29703 it occurs in sub-formulas and nested parts of sub-formulas, for example
29704 the mentioned segments would be found in something like
29705 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{\sqrt{\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}}}.$
29711 \begin_layout Subsubsection
29715 \begin_layout Standard
29716 It is also possible to search for text with specific styles.
29717 This is done by switching to the
29718 \change_inserted 5863208 1297987029
29722 \change_deleted 5863208 1297987031
29727 tab of the dialog and unchecking the
29732 This way, entering in the
29739 \begin_layout Itemize
29740 a plain word and searching for it would not find instances of the word occurring
29741 in emphasized or boldface.
29744 \begin_layout Itemize
29745 an emphasized or boldface word and searching for it would find the respective
29746 instances with same face only, and within the same text style only.
29747 Note that, for example, an emphasized text is found not only when occurring
29748 alone, but also when it is contained in a longer emphasized sentence.
29751 \begin_layout Itemize
29752 a plain word in a section heading, and searching for it, finds occurrences
29753 of if only within section headings.
29754 Also, if the text to search is given an emphasized or bold face, in addition
29755 to a section style, then it is found only when occurring with the same
29759 \begin_layout Itemize
29760 some mathematics in a displayed formula will only find instances of this
29761 formula that are also displayed formulas (and not inline formulas).
29764 \begin_layout Subsubsection
29768 \begin_layout Standard
29769 The text segments matching the text entered in the
29773 editor may be replaced with the text segments entered in the
29781 In order to find the next occurrence and replace it, click on the
29785 button or alternatively
29807 \begin_layout Standard
29808 You can replace full-featured formatted LyX segments in place of the matching
29809 text segments in your document.
29810 Typical scenarios in which to use this capability may be (just to mention
29814 \begin_layout Itemize
29815 replacing occurrences of a word with a customized formatted version of the
29816 same word, for example replacing occurrences of a name like
29817 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29821 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29824 with its typewriter version
29827 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29831 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29837 \begin_layout Itemize
29838 performing a notation rework of mathematical symbols, for example replacing
29840 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29844 \begin_inset Formula $R$
29848 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29852 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29856 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{R}$
29860 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29863 (you may want to enable the
29871 options and disable the
29876 \change_inserted 5863208 1297987051
29880 \change_deleted 5863208 1297987053
29885 tab, in order to avoid replacing all
29886 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29890 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29893 letters occurring in normal text), or occurrences of
29894 \begin_inset Formula $x_{j}^{i}$
29898 \begin_inset Formula $x_{i,\, j}$
29901 , or occurrences of
29902 \begin_inset Formula $x[k]$
29906 \begin_inset Formula $x_{k}$
29912 \begin_layout Subsection
29916 \begin_layout Standard
29917 There is a regular expression (regexp) based searching facility.
29921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29922 A good explanation of regular expressions is given in this Wikipedia entry:
29924 \begin_inset CommandInset href
29926 target "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression"
29935 You can search for regular expression by inserting a regexp inset into
29941 This is done via the menu
29943 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29944 Insert Regular Expression
29947 \change_deleted 5863208 1297986810
29956 while the cursor is in the
29961 Characters entered within regexp insets are matched according to the regular
29962 expression matching rules
29966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29967 Under the constraint that any (sub)expression must match a well-formed LyX
29969 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29973 \begin_inset space ~
29976 when matching LaTeX code, no segments with unbalanced {} braces are allowed
29977 to match expressions.
29982 , while text entered outside regexp insets is matched exactly against the
29983 same text in the document.
29984 Note that it is allowed to cut and paste regexp-mode insets as usual.
29985 Examples of using such a feature may be:
29988 \begin_layout Enumerate
29989 Searching for all fractions with a given denominator: for example, entering
29994 editor the fraction
29995 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{.*}{1+x^{2}}$
29999 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
30002 on the numerator is the match-everything regular expression) finds all
30003 fractions with the given denominator.
30006 \begin_layout Enumerate
30007 Searching for all text with a given style: for example, after unchecking
30013 \change_inserted 5863208 1297987063
30017 \change_deleted 5863208 1297987065
30025 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
30030 regular expression and adding for it an emphasized or bold face, finds
30031 all emphasized and bold face text, respectively.
30033 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
30036 regular expression in a bullet or enumerated list or a section heading,
30037 you can find all bullet or enumerated lists or section headings.
30040 \begin_layout Standard
30041 Finally, references to (sub)expressions in regexp may be used as usual,
30042 enclosing parts of the expression within round braces
30043 \begin_inset Formula $()$
30046 , and referring back to them through
30047 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
30051 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash2$
30055 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash$
30058 symbol is entered in regexp mode by pressing twice the backslash key.
30059 For example, try searching for the regexp
30060 \begin_inset Formula $([a-z]+)[[:blank:]]\backslash1$
30063 in order to find word repetitions, if there are any.
30066 \begin_layout Standard
30067 Note that back references work both when occurring within the same regexp,
30068 and when occurring in multiple different regexps, where the numbering of
30069 back-referenced sub-expressions is absolute, i.
30070 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30074 \begin_inset space ~
30078 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
30081 always refers to the first occurrence of
30082 \begin_inset Formula $()$
30085 in all entered regexps.
30088 \begin_layout Standard
30089 Note also that the use of back references in the replaced text is not (yet)
30093 \begin_layout Section
30095 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30097 name "sec:Spellchecking"
30102 \begin_inset Index idx
30105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30114 \begin_layout Standard
30115 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
30116 Rather it uses one of the external programs
30133 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
30139 can be seen as the successor to
30147 , it supports multiple languages in parallel, so it is recommended to use
30153 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
30154 The used spell checker and its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
30162 \begin_layout Standard
30163 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
30164 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
30171 \begin_layout Standard
30174 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30177 or the toolbar button
30180 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
30183 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
30184 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
30185 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
30186 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
30187 scrolled so that it is visible.
30192 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
30194 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
30198 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
30199 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
30202 \begin_layout Standard
30203 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
30206 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30210 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
30211 will bring an error message.
30212 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
30213 specifying a different
30215 Alternative language
30217 in preferences dialog.
30220 \begin_layout Standard
30221 After a spell check you will be informed about the number of checked words.
30224 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
30228 \begin_layout Standard
30229 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
30230 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
30232 But you can use the
30235 \begin_inset space ~
30239 \begin_inset space ~
30247 \begin_layout Standard
30248 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
30249 This does work with
30253 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
30256 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
30260 \begin_layout Standard
30265 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
30268 \begin_layout Description
30270 \begin_inset space ~
30273 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
30274 should consider, e.
30275 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30279 \begin_inset space \space{}
30282 German umlauts although you are spell checking an English document.
30283 This should not normally be needed.
30286 \begin_layout Description
30288 \begin_inset space ~
30291 dictionary to use a different file as your personal dictionary instead of
30292 the spell checker's default choice
30295 \begin_layout Description
30297 \begin_inset space ~
30301 \begin_inset space ~
30304 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
30306 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30310 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30316 \begin_layout Description
30318 \begin_inset space ~
30322 \begin_inset space ~
30325 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
30327 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30334 also for the spellchecker.
30338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30339 The encodings are explained in section
30340 \begin_inset space ~
30344 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
30346 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
30355 Only enable this if you use
30359 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
30360 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
30361 so this is disabled by default.
30364 \begin_layout Section
30366 \begin_inset Index idx
30369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30376 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30378 name "sec:Thesaurus"
30385 \begin_layout Standard
30386 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
30387 It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely
30396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30397 \begin_inset CommandInset href
30399 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
30408 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
30409 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
30410 are available for many languages.
30413 \begin_layout Standard
30414 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
30418 \begin_layout Subsection
30419 Setting up the thesaurus
30422 \begin_layout Standard
30427 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
30432 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
30437 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
30439 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30443 en_EN for English).
30444 For instance, the English files are named:
30447 \begin_layout Itemize
30451 \begin_layout Itemize
30455 \begin_layout Standard
30456 If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be
30457 already on your system.
30458 If not, you can get dictionaries
30459 \change_inserted -712698321 1298121514
30461 \begin_inset Flex URL
30464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30466 \change_inserted -712698321 1298121516
30468 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/dictionaries/trunk/thes
30478 \begin_inset Flex URL
30481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30483 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
30490 \change_deleted -712698321 1298121776
30491 Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, these files are usually packed in extension
30496 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
30498 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
30499 unpack a zip archive.
30500 \change_inserted -712698321 1298121667
30505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30507 \change_inserted -712698321 1298121689
30508 Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, the files on
30509 \begin_inset Flex URL
30512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30514 \change_inserted -712698321 1298121688
30516 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
30521 are usually packed in extension archives (
30525 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
30527 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
30528 unpack a zip archive.
30536 \change_deleted -712698321 1298121653
30540 \begin_layout Standard
30549 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
30550 s), and specify the path to this directory in
30552 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30553 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30557 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
30560 \begin_layout Subsection
30561 Using the thesaurus
30564 \begin_layout Standard
30565 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
30567 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30570 or the toolbar button
30573 arg "thesaurus-entry"
30576 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
30578 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
30580 The proposals are grouped into categories.
30581 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
30582 and hyponyms (such as
30590 ), compounds (such as
30594 ) and antonyms (such as
30602 ), which are marked as such.
30605 \begin_layout Standard
30606 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
30607 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
30611 \begin_layout Standard
30612 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
30613 the dictionary, such as the above
30617 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
30618 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30622 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
30623 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
30624 For example looking up the word forms
30632 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
30637 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
30638 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30650 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
30651 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
30652 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
30655 \begin_layout Subsection
30656 License of the Thesaurus library
30659 \begin_layout Standard
30664 library, which is used by LyX for the thesaurus, was created by
30669 as a standalone program.
30670 Version 1.1 of the library is included in LyX.
30671 The library was released under the
30673 Berkeley Database License
30675 , which is compatible with LyX's license, the GPL.
30676 In order to meet the requirements of the Berkeley Database License, the
30677 MyThes license file is included in the LyX sources in the folder
30679 ~src/support/mythes/license.readme
30682 In LyX Windows installations it is additionally available in the file
30686 that is in the same folder as the file lyx.exe.
30689 \begin_layout Section
30691 \begin_inset Index idx
30694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30701 \begin_inset Index idx
30704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30705 Document ! Change Tracking
30711 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30713 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
30720 \begin_layout Standard
30721 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
30722 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
30723 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
30724 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
30726 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30728 \begin_inset space ~
30731 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30733 \begin_inset space ~
30741 \begin_layout Standard
30742 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
30756 The color depends on the author that made the change.
30757 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
30760 \begin_inset space ~
30764 \begin_inset space ~
30774 \begin_inset Index idx
30777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30778 Color ! Change tracking
30783 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
30784 the cursor is in changed text.
30785 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
30788 arg "changes-merge"
30794 \begin_layout Standard
30795 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
30796 \begin_inset Index idx
30799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30808 \begin_layout Standard
30809 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
30815 \begin_layout Standard
30816 \begin_inset Graphics
30817 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
30825 \begin_layout Standard
30826 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
30832 \begin_layout Standard
30833 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
30837 \begin_layout Standard
30838 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
30844 \begin_layout Standard
30845 \begin_inset Tabular
30846 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
30847 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
30848 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
30849 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
30850 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
30851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30859 arg "changes-track"
30867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30873 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30875 \begin_inset space ~
30878 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30880 \begin_inset space ~
30889 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
30890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30898 arg "changes-output"
30906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30912 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30914 \begin_inset space ~
30917 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30919 \begin_inset space ~
30923 \begin_inset space ~
30927 \begin_inset space ~
30936 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
30937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30957 Jumps to the next change
30963 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
30964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30972 arg "change-accept"
30980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30986 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30988 \begin_inset space ~
30991 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30993 \begin_inset space ~
31002 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31011 arg "change-reject"
31019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31025 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31027 \begin_inset space ~
31030 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31032 \begin_inset space ~
31041 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31050 arg "changes-merge"
31058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31064 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31066 \begin_inset space ~
31069 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31071 \begin_inset space ~
31080 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31089 arg "all-changes-accept"
31097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31103 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31105 \begin_inset space ~
31108 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31110 \begin_inset space ~
31114 \begin_inset space ~
31123 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31132 arg "all-changes-reject"
31140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31146 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31148 \begin_inset space ~
31151 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31153 \begin_inset space ~
31157 \begin_inset space ~
31166 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31189 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31190 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31192 \begin_inset space ~
31201 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31224 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31226 \begin_inset space ~
31242 \begin_layout Standard
31243 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
31249 \begin_layout Standard
31250 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
31251 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
31252 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
31253 the next change after the current cursor position.
31254 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
31255 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
31256 step to the next change.
31257 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
31260 \begin_layout Standard
31261 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
31262 to describe a change.
31265 \begin_layout Standard
31266 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
31271 \begin_inset Index idx
31274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31275 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
31281 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
31282 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
31288 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
31291 \begin_layout Section
31292 International Support
31293 \begin_inset Index idx
31296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31297 International support
31305 \begin_layout Standard
31306 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
31307 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
31308 how to set up LyX to use them:
31309 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
31311 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
31318 \begin_layout Standard
31319 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
31320 \begin_inset space ~
31324 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
31326 reference "sub:Special-Character"
31333 \begin_layout Subsection
31335 \begin_inset Index idx
31338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31345 \begin_inset Index idx
31348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31349 Document ! Settings
31355 \begin_inset Index idx
31358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31359 Document ! Language
31367 \begin_layout Standard
31370 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31373 dialog lets you set
31375 the language and character encoding for your language.
31379 \begin_layout Standard
31380 Choose your language in the
31384 section of this dialog.
31392 \begin_layout Standard
31397 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
31402 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
31403 For details about the different encoding options see section
31404 \begin_inset space ~
31408 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
31410 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
31417 \begin_layout Subsection
31418 Keyboard mapping configuration
31419 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31421 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
31428 \begin_layout Standard
31429 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language
31430 other than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
31431 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
31432 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
31433 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
31435 \begin_inset space ~
31439 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
31441 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
31446 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
31447 which one you want to use.
31450 \begin_layout Standard
31451 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
31452 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
31453 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
31454 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
31455 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
31456 one to support the characters you want.
31457 This and many other customizations are explained in the
31464 \begin_layout Subsection
31468 \begin_layout Standard
31470 \begin_inset space ~
31474 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
31476 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
31485 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
31489 \begin_layout Standard
31490 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
31491 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
31499 \begin_layout Itemize
31500 Even if you have selected
31506 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31509 dialog, users who have only the
31513 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
31517 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
31518 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
31519 french quotes won't show up.
31522 \begin_layout Standard
31523 \begin_inset Float table
31528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31529 \begin_inset Caption
31531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31532 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31534 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
31550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31552 \begin_inset Tabular
31553 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
31554 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
31555 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31556 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31557 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31558 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31559 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31560 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31561 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31562 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31563 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31564 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31565 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31566 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31567 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31568 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31569 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31570 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31571 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32424 \begin_inset Quotes eld
32432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35984 \begin_layout Standard
35985 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
35987 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
35988 also the characters from
36000 \begin_layout Itemize
36009 \begin_layout Standard
36010 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
36011 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36017 \begin_layout Standard
36018 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
36019 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36025 \begin_layout Standard
36026 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
36027 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36033 \begin_layout Standard
36034 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
36035 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36041 \begin_layout Standard
36043 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36049 \begin_layout Standard
36051 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36057 \begin_layout Standard
36059 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36066 \begin_layout Itemize
36079 \begin_layout Standard
36081 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36087 \begin_layout Standard
36089 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36095 \begin_layout Standard
36097 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36103 \begin_layout Standard
36105 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36111 \begin_layout Standard
36113 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36119 \begin_layout Standard
36121 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36128 \begin_layout Standard
36129 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
36130 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
36131 Also make sure you're using the
36138 \begin_layout Chapter
36141 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36143 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
36150 \begin_layout Standard
36151 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
36152 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
36153 topic inside the user's guide.
36156 \begin_layout Section
36158 \begin_inset Index idx
36161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36170 \begin_layout Standard
36175 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
36176 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
36179 \begin_layout Subsection
36183 \begin_layout Standard
36184 Creates a new document.
36187 \begin_layout Subsection
36191 \begin_layout Standard
36192 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
36193 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
36194 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
36197 \begin_layout Subsection
36201 \begin_layout Standard
36205 \begin_layout Subsection
36209 \begin_layout Standard
36210 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
36211 Click there on a file to open it.
36214 \begin_layout Subsection
36218 \begin_layout Standard
36219 Closes the current document.
36222 \begin_layout Subsection
36226 \begin_layout Standard
36227 Closes all opened documents.
36230 \begin_layout Subsection
36234 \begin_layout Standard
36235 Saves the actual document.
36238 \begin_layout Subsection
36242 \begin_layout Standard
36243 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
36246 \begin_layout Subsection
36250 \begin_layout Standard
36251 Saves all opened documents.
36254 \begin_layout Subsection
36258 \begin_layout Standard
36259 Reloads the actual document from disk.
36262 \begin_layout Subsection
36266 \begin_layout Standard
36267 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
36268 It is described in the section
36270 Version Control in LyX
36274 Additional Features
36279 \begin_layout Subsection
36283 \begin_layout Standard
36284 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
36285 NoWeb-files, plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files
36286 (CSV) as a new LyX-document.
36287 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
36290 \begin_layout Standard
36291 When using the menu entry
36294 \begin_inset space ~
36299 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
36303 \begin_inset space ~
36307 \begin_inset space ~
36312 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
36313 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
36316 \begin_layout Subsection
36318 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36327 \begin_layout Standard
36328 You can export your document to various file formats.
36329 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
36330 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
36331 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
36334 \begin_layout Standard
36335 Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail
36337 \begin_inset space ~
36341 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36343 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
36350 \begin_layout Description
36354 \begin_inset space ~
36359 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
36361 \begin_inset Newline newline
36364 Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.
36367 \begin_layout Description
36375 \begin_layout Description
36376 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and may not
36380 \begin_layout Description
36382 \begin_inset space ~
36386 \begin_inset space ~
36389 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
36393 ; as a consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and
36401 \begin_layout Description
36408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36416 \begin_inset space ~
36421 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
36422 will be converted to a format that is readable by the
36426 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
36429 \begin_layout Description
36436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36444 \begin_inset space ~
36449 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
36450 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
36458 \begin_layout Description
36460 \begin_inset space ~
36463 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable by the LyX versions 1.y.x (
36464 \begin_inset Quotes eld
36468 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36471 is replaced by the version number)
36474 \begin_layout Description
36475 LyXHTML HTML-format, using LyX's internal XHTML engine
36478 \begin_layout Description
36479 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
36492 (The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in
36496 \begin_layout Description
36500 \begin_inset space ~
36505 PDF-format using the program
36510 \begin_layout Description
36514 \begin_inset space ~
36519 PDF-format using the program
36524 \begin_layout Description
36528 \begin_inset space ~
36533 PDF-format using the program
36538 \begin_layout Description
36542 \begin_inset space ~
36550 \begin_layout Description
36554 \begin_inset space ~
36558 \begin_inset space ~
36563 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
36564 and then exported as text using the program
36569 \begin_layout Description
36574 PostScript format using the program
36579 \begin_layout Description
36587 \begin_layout Standard
36592 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
36593 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
36599 produces PDF-files directly and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
36602 \begin_layout Standard
36603 If one of the menu entries
36610 \begin_inset space ~
36619 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
36620 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
36621 \begin_inset space ~
36625 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36627 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
36632 \begin_inset Index idx
36635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36636 Reconfiguration of LyX
36644 \begin_layout Standard
36649 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
36650 the export program.
36653 \begin_layout Subsection
36657 \begin_layout Standard
36658 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
36659 format or send it to a printer.
36660 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
36661 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
36667 For more information have a look at section
36668 \begin_inset space ~
36672 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36674 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
36681 \begin_layout Subsection
36685 \begin_layout Standard
36686 This menu entry will only appear when you have a fax program installed (on
36687 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
36688 prefix, see section
36689 \begin_inset space ~
36693 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36695 reference "sec:Paths"
36700 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
36709 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
36710 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
36711 \begin_inset space ~
36715 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36717 reference "sub:Converters"
36724 \begin_layout Subsection
36725 New and Close Window
36728 \begin_layout Standard
36729 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
36732 \begin_layout Subsection
36736 \begin_layout Standard
36737 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
36740 \begin_layout Section
36742 \begin_inset Index idx
36745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36754 \begin_layout Subsection
36758 \begin_layout Standard
36759 Described in section
36760 \begin_inset space ~
36764 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36766 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
36773 \begin_layout Subsection
36774 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
36777 \begin_layout Standard
36778 Described in section
36779 \begin_inset space ~
36783 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36785 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
36792 \begin_layout Subsection
36796 \begin_layout Standard
36797 Selects the whole document.
36800 \begin_layout Subsection
36804 \begin_layout Standard
36805 Described in section
36806 \begin_inset space ~
36810 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36812 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
36819 \begin_layout Subsection
36820 Move Paragraph Up/Down
36823 \begin_layout Standard
36824 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
36828 \begin_layout Subsection
36832 \begin_layout Standard
36833 Described in section
36834 \begin_inset space ~
36838 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36840 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
36847 \begin_layout Subsection
36849 \begin_inset Index idx
36852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36853 Paragraph ! Settings
36861 \begin_layout Standard
36862 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
36863 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently.
36866 \begin_layout Standard
36867 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
36868 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
36870 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36876 \begin_inset space ~
36884 \begin_layout Subsection
36885 Table Settings and Math
36888 \begin_layout Standard
36889 These two menus are only fully active when the cursor is inside a table
36891 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
36892 The properties of tables are described in section
36893 \begin_inset space ~
36897 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36899 reference "sec:Tables"
36903 , the properties of formulas in chapter
36904 \begin_inset space ~
36908 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36910 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
36917 \begin_layout Subsection
36918 Increase / Decrease List Depth
36921 \begin_layout Standard
36922 These menu entries are only active when the cursor is in an environment
36923 that can be nested.
36924 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
36925 \begin_inset space ~
36929 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36931 reference "sec:Nesting"
36936 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36938 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
36945 \begin_layout Section
36947 \begin_inset Index idx
36950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36959 \begin_layout Standard
36964 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
36965 document with an external program.
36966 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
36967 — it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
36968 All possible formats are formats listed in section
36969 \begin_inset space ~
36973 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36975 reference "sub:Export"
36980 You should at least see the menu entries
36987 \begin_inset space ~
36993 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
36994 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
36995 \begin_inset space ~
36999 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37001 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
37006 \begin_inset Index idx
37009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37010 Reconfiguration of LyX
37018 \begin_layout Standard
37019 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
37020 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
37021 \begin_inset space ~
37025 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37027 reference "sec:File-Formats"
37032 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
37035 \begin_layout Standard
37036 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
37039 At the bottom of the
37043 menu the opened documents are listed.
37046 \begin_layout Subsection
37047 Open/Close all Insets
37050 \begin_layout Standard
37051 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
37054 \begin_layout Subsection
37055 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
37058 \begin_layout Standard
37059 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
37062 \begin_layout Standard
37063 Math macros are described in the
37070 \begin_layout Subsection
37074 \begin_layout Standard
37075 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
37077 \begin_inset space ~
37081 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37083 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
37088 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219943
37092 \begin_layout Subsection
37094 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219959
37098 \begin_layout Standard
37100 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220076
37101 Opens a window showing console messages.
37102 This is useful for debugging LyX (i.
37103 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37106 e., hunt for errors in the program) or to see what is going on in the background
37107 while LaTeX is processing the document,
37110 \begin_layout Subsection
37112 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220084
37116 \begin_layout Standard
37118 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220342
37119 This menu entry generates the output you have specified as default output
37120 format either in the preferences (see sec.
37121 \begin_inset space ~
37125 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37127 reference "sec:File-Formats"
37131 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
37132 \begin_inset space ~
37136 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37138 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
37142 ), for instance PDF, and opens it in an appropriate viewer.
37145 \begin_layout Subsection
37147 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220353
37148 View (Other Formats)
37151 \begin_layout Standard
37153 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220444
37154 With this submenu, you can view your document in alternative output formats.
37159 \begin_layout Subsection
37163 \begin_layout Standard
37164 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes
37165 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220297
37166 (in the default output format as described in the previous section)
37168 without opening a new view
37169 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220263
37173 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220384
37177 \begin_layout Subsection
37179 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220388
37180 Update (Other Formats)
37183 \begin_layout Standard
37185 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220467
37186 With this submenu, you can update the view of alternative output formats
37187 of your document without opening a new viewer window.
37190 \begin_layout Subsection
37192 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220487
37193 View Master Document
37196 \begin_layout Standard
37198 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220814
37199 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
37201 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37205 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37216 manual for more information on this topic).
37217 This item allows you to view the master document from within its child.
37218 That is, if you are working on a child document which is a chapter of a
37223 generates the output of the whole book, while
37227 will just output the chapter alone.
37230 \begin_layout Standard
37232 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220854
37233 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
37234 in the preferences (see sec.
37235 \begin_inset space ~
37239 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37241 reference "sec:File-Formats"
37245 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
37246 \begin_inset space ~
37250 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37252 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
37259 \begin_layout Subsection
37261 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220878
37262 Update Master Document
37265 \begin_layout Standard
37267 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220947
37268 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
37270 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37274 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37285 manual for more information on this topic).
37286 This item allows you to update the view of a master document from within
37287 its child without the need to switch to the master document itself.
37290 \begin_layout Standard
37292 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220879
37293 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
37294 in the preferences (see sec.
37295 \begin_inset space ~
37299 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37301 reference "sec:File-Formats"
37305 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
37306 \begin_inset space ~
37310 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37312 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
37319 \begin_layout Subsection
37323 \begin_layout Standard
37324 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
37325 This allows you to view documents the same time to compare them, or to
37326 view the same document, but at different positions.
37327 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
37328 or more documents at the same time.
37329 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
37336 \begin_layout Subsection
37340 \begin_layout Standard
37341 Closes a split view.
37344 \begin_layout Subsection
37348 \begin_layout Standard
37349 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
37350 so that you will see nothing but your text.
37351 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
37352 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
37353 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu.
37356 \begin_layout Subsection
37358 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37360 name "sub:Toolbars"
37365 \begin_inset Index idx
37368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37377 \begin_layout Standard
37378 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
37379 All toolbars and the
37382 \begin_inset space ~
37387 can be turned on and off.
37392 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
37404 \begin_inset space ~
37413 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
37417 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
37424 \begin_layout Standard
37429 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
37433 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
37434 or when a certain feature is enabled.
37435 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
37436 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
37437 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
37440 \begin_layout Standard
37441 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
37442 \begin_inset space ~
37446 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37448 reference "sec:Toolbars"
37455 \begin_layout Section
37457 \begin_inset Index idx
37460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37469 \begin_layout Subsection
37473 \begin_layout Standard
37474 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
37475 \begin_inset space ~
37479 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37481 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
37492 \begin_layout Subsection
37494 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37496 name "sub:Special-Character"
37503 \begin_layout Standard
37504 Here you can insert the following characters:
37507 \begin_layout Description
37508 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
37509 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
37510 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
37511 \begin_inset Newline newline
37515 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
37518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37523 Not all characters will be visible in the
37527 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
37529 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37533 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37535 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
37539 ) can display every character.
37547 \begin_layout Description
37548 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
37552 \begin_layout Description
37554 \begin_inset space ~
37558 \begin_inset space ~
37561 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
37562 \begin_inset space ~
37566 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37568 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
37575 \begin_layout Description
37577 \begin_inset space ~
37580 Quote Inserts this quote:
37581 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37584 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
37586 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37596 \begin_layout Description
37598 \begin_inset space ~
37601 Quote Inserts this quote:
37602 \begin_inset Quotes els
37608 \begin_layout Description
37610 \begin_inset space ~
37613 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
37617 \begin_layout Description
37619 \begin_inset space ~
37622 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
37626 \begin_layout Description
37628 \begin_inset space ~
37631 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37635 \begin_layout Description
37637 \begin_inset space ~
37641 \begin_inset Index idx
37644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37651 \begin_inset Index idx
37654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37655 Language ! Phonetic symbols
37660 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
37661 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
37662 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
37667 \begin_inset Index idx
37670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37671 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
37677 \begin_inset Newline newline
37680 For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
37684 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
37692 and this Wiki-page:
37693 \begin_inset Newline newline
37697 \begin_inset Flex URL
37700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37702 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
37710 \begin_layout Subsection
37714 \begin_layout Standard
37715 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
37718 \begin_layout Description
37719 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
37720 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
37726 \begin_layout Description
37727 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
37728 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
37734 \begin_layout Description
37736 \begin_inset space ~
37739 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
37740 \begin_inset space ~
37744 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37746 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
37753 \begin_layout Description
37755 \begin_inset space ~
37758 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
37759 \begin_inset space ~
37763 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37765 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
37772 \begin_layout Description
37774 \begin_inset space ~
37777 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
37778 \begin_inset space ~
37782 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37784 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
37791 \begin_layout Description
37793 \begin_inset space ~
37796 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
37797 \begin_inset space ~
37801 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37803 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
37810 \begin_layout Description
37812 \begin_inset space ~
37815 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
37816 \begin_inset space ~
37820 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37822 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
37829 \begin_layout Description
37831 \begin_inset space ~
37834 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
37835 \begin_inset space ~
37839 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37841 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
37848 \begin_layout Description
37850 \begin_inset space ~
37853 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
37854 \begin_inset space ~
37858 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37860 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
37867 \begin_layout Description
37869 \begin_inset space ~
37872 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
37873 \begin_inset space ~
37877 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37879 reference "sub:Ligatures"
37886 \begin_layout Description
37888 \begin_inset space ~
37892 \begin_inset space ~
37895 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
37896 \begin_inset space ~
37900 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37902 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
37909 \begin_layout Description
37911 \begin_inset space ~
37914 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
37915 text line to the page border, see section
37916 \begin_inset space ~
37920 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37922 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
37929 \begin_layout Description
37931 \begin_inset space ~
37934 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
37935 \begin_inset space ~
37939 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37941 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
37948 \begin_layout Description
37950 \begin_inset space ~
37953 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
37954 text page to the page border, described in section
37955 \begin_inset space ~
37959 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37961 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
37968 \begin_layout Description
37970 \begin_inset space ~
37973 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
37974 \begin_inset space ~
37978 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37980 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
37987 \begin_layout Description
37989 \begin_inset space ~
37993 \begin_inset space ~
37996 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
37997 \begin_inset space ~
38001 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38003 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
38010 \begin_layout Subsection
38014 \begin_layout Standard
38015 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
38016 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
38018 \begin_inset space ~
38022 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38024 reference "sec:toc"
38029 The index list is described in section
38030 \begin_inset space ~
38034 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38036 reference "sec:Index"
38040 , the nomenclature in section
38041 \begin_inset space ~
38045 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38047 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
38051 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
38052 \begin_inset space ~
38056 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38058 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
38065 \begin_layout Subsection
38069 \begin_layout Standard
38070 To insert floats, described in section
38071 \begin_inset space ~
38075 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38077 reference "sec:Floats"
38084 \begin_layout Subsection
38088 \begin_layout Standard
38089 To insert notes, described in section
38090 \begin_inset space ~
38094 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38096 reference "sec:Notes"
38103 \begin_layout Subsection
38107 \begin_layout Standard
38108 Inserts branch insets as described in section
38109 \begin_inset space ~
38113 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38115 reference "sec:Branches"
38122 \begin_layout Subsection
38126 \begin_layout Standard
38127 Inserts document class-specific insets.
38128 Such insets only exist when they are defined in the layout file for a certain
38130 An example is the document class
38131 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38135 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38138 with three custom insets.
38141 Flex insets and InsetLayout
38147 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
38150 \begin_layout Subsection
38152 \begin_inset Index idx
38155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38164 \begin_layout Standard
38165 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other LyX
38166 files in your document.
38167 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
38178 \begin_layout Subsection
38180 \begin_inset Index idx
38183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38192 \begin_layout Standard
38193 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
38194 \begin_inset space ~
38198 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38200 reference "sec:Minipages"
38205 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
38216 \begin_layout Subsection
38220 \begin_layout Standard
38221 Inserts a citation as described in section
38222 \begin_inset space ~
38226 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38228 reference "sec:Bibliography"
38235 \begin_layout Subsection
38239 \begin_layout Standard
38240 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
38241 \begin_inset space ~
38245 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38247 reference "sec:Cross-References"
38254 \begin_layout Subsection
38258 \begin_layout Standard
38259 Inserts a label as described in section
38260 \begin_inset space ~
38264 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38266 reference "sec:Cross-References"
38273 \begin_layout Subsection
38275 \begin_inset Index idx
38278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38285 \begin_inset Index idx
38288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38289 Longtables ! Caption
38297 \begin_layout Standard
38298 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
38299 Floats are described in section
38300 \begin_inset space ~
38304 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38306 reference "sec:Floats"
38310 , captions in longtables are described in the section
38321 \begin_layout Subsection
38325 \begin_layout Standard
38326 Inserts an index entry as described in section
38327 \begin_inset space ~
38331 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38333 reference "sec:Index"
38340 \begin_layout Subsection
38344 \begin_layout Standard
38345 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
38346 \begin_inset space ~
38350 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38352 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
38359 \begin_layout Subsection
38363 \begin_layout Standard
38365 Tables are described in section
38366 \begin_inset space ~
38370 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38372 reference "sec:Tables"
38379 \begin_layout Subsection
38383 \begin_layout Standard
38385 Graphics are described in section
38386 \begin_inset space ~
38390 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38392 reference "sec:Graphics"
38399 \begin_layout Subsection
38403 \begin_layout Standard
38404 Inserts an URL as described in section
38405 \begin_inset space ~
38409 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38411 reference "sub:URLs"
38418 \begin_layout Subsection
38422 \begin_layout Standard
38423 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
38424 \begin_inset space ~
38428 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38430 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
38437 \begin_layout Subsection
38441 \begin_layout Standard
38442 Inserts a footnote, see section
38443 \begin_inset space ~
38447 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38449 reference "sec:Footnotes"
38456 \begin_layout Subsection
38460 \begin_layout Standard
38461 Inserts a marginal note, see section
38462 \begin_inset space ~
38466 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38468 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
38475 \begin_layout Subsection
38479 \begin_layout Standard
38480 Inserts a short title, see section
38481 \begin_inset space ~
38485 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38487 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
38494 \begin_layout Subsection
38498 \begin_layout Standard
38499 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
38500 \begin_inset space ~
38504 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38506 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
38513 \begin_layout Subsection
38515 \begin_inset Index idx
38518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38527 \begin_layout Standard
38528 Inserts a program listings box.
38529 Program listings are explained in the chapter
38531 Program Code Listings
38540 \begin_layout Subsection
38544 \begin_layout Standard
38545 Inserts the actual date.
38546 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
38548 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
38560 \begin_layout Section
38562 \begin_inset Index idx
38565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38574 \begin_layout Standard
38575 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
38576 \begin_inset space ~
38579 of the current document.
38580 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
38583 \begin_layout Subsection
38587 \begin_layout Standard
38588 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
38589 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
38591 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38595 \begin_inset space \space{}
38599 \begin_inset space ~
38603 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
38604 \begin_inset space ~
38607 2.5 and use the menu
38610 \begin_inset space ~
38614 \begin_inset space ~
38621 \begin_inset space ~
38627 \begin_inset space ~
38631 \begin_inset space ~
38637 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
38641 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
38647 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
38653 \begin_layout Standard
38654 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
38655 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
38658 \begin_layout Subsection
38659 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
38662 \begin_layout Standard
38663 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
38667 \begin_layout Subsection
38671 \begin_layout Standard
38672 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
38673 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
38674 on a cross-reference box.
38677 \begin_layout Section
38679 \begin_inset Index idx
38682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38691 \begin_layout Subsection
38695 \begin_layout Standard
38696 Change Tracking is described in section
38697 \begin_inset space ~
38701 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38703 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
38710 \begin_layout Subsection
38715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38725 \begin_layout Standard
38726 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
38728 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
38731 \begin_layout Standard
38732 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
38737 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
38740 \begin_layout Subsection
38744 \begin_layout Standard
38745 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
38746 \begin_inset space ~
38750 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38752 reference "sec:Navigating"
38757 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38759 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
38766 \begin_layout Subsection
38767 Start Appendix Here
38770 \begin_layout Standard
38771 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
38772 position as described in section
38773 \begin_inset space ~
38777 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38779 reference "sec:Appendices"
38786 \begin_layout Subsection
38790 \begin_layout Standard
38791 Un/compresses the current document.
38794 \begin_layout Subsection
38798 \begin_layout Standard
38799 The document settings are described in appendix
38800 \begin_inset space ~
38804 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38806 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
38813 \begin_layout Section
38815 \begin_inset Index idx
38818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38827 \begin_layout Subsection
38831 \begin_layout Standard
38832 Spell checking is explained in section
38833 \begin_inset space ~
38837 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38839 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
38846 \begin_layout Subsection
38850 \begin_layout Standard
38851 The thesaurus is described in section
38852 \begin_inset space ~
38856 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38858 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
38865 \begin_layout Subsection
38867 \begin_inset Index idx
38870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38877 \begin_inset Index idx
38880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38889 \begin_layout Standard
38890 Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
38891 highlighted document part.
38894 \begin_layout Subsection
38896 \begin_inset Index idx
38899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38908 \begin_layout Standard
38909 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
38912 \begin_layout Subsection
38914 \begin_inset Index idx
38917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38918 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
38922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38929 Reconfiguration of LyX
38933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38946 \begin_inset Index idx
38949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38950 Reconfiguration of LyX
38958 \begin_layout Standard
38959 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
38960 and needed programs it needs; see also section
38961 \begin_inset space ~
38965 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38967 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
38974 \begin_layout Subsection
38978 \begin_layout Standard
38979 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
38980 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38984 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38986 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
38993 \begin_layout Section
38995 \begin_inset Index idx
38998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39007 \begin_layout Standard
39008 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
39012 \begin_layout Standard
39016 \begin_inset space ~
39021 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
39022 found by LyX (see also section
39023 \begin_inset space ~
39027 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39029 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
39036 \begin_layout Section
39038 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39040 name "sec:Toolbars"
39047 \begin_layout Standard
39048 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
39049 \begin_inset space ~
39053 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39055 reference "sub:Toolbars"
39062 \begin_layout Standard
39063 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
39064 This is described in the
39066 Additional Features
39071 \begin_layout Subsection
39073 \begin_inset Index idx
39076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39085 \begin_layout Standard
39086 \begin_inset Graphics
39087 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
39095 \begin_layout Standard
39096 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39102 \begin_layout Standard
39103 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
39108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39120 \begin_inset Note Note
39123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39124 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
39129 manual for more information.
39137 \begin_layout Standard
39138 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39144 \begin_layout Standard
39145 \begin_inset Tabular
39146 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
39147 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
39148 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
39149 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
39151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39155 \begin_inset Graphics
39156 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
39166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39170 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
39183 \begin_layout Standard
39184 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
39190 \begin_layout Standard
39192 \begin_inset Tabular
39193 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
39194 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
39195 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39196 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39197 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39220 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39227 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39250 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39257 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39280 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39287 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39296 arg "dialog-show print"
39304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39310 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39317 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39326 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
39334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39340 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39347 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39370 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39377 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39400 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39407 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39430 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39437 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39460 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39467 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39490 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39497 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39506 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
39514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39520 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39522 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39526 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39535 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39544 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
39552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39558 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39559 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39566 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39587 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
39589 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
39591 \begin_inset space ~
39602 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39623 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
39625 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
39627 \begin_inset space ~
39638 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39647 arg "textstyle-apply"
39655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39659 Formats text using the current settings in the
39661 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39663 \begin_inset space ~
39674 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39697 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39698 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39700 \begin_inset space ~
39709 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39718 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
39726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39732 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39739 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39744 \begin_inset Graphics
39745 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
39747 groupId toolbarbuttons
39756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39762 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39769 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39778 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
39786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39790 Toggle outline window on/off,
39792 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39799 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39808 arg "toolbar-toggle math"
39816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39820 Toggle math toolbar on/off
39826 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39835 arg "toolbar-toggle table"
39843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39847 Toggle table toolbar on/off
39860 \begin_layout Subsection
39862 \begin_inset Index idx
39865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39874 \begin_layout Standard
39875 \begin_inset Graphics
39876 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
39884 \begin_layout Standard
39885 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39891 \begin_layout Standard
39892 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
39896 \begin_layout Standard
39897 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39903 \begin_layout Standard
39904 \begin_inset Tabular
39905 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
39906 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
39907 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39908 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39909 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39936 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39945 arg "layout Enumerate"
39953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39963 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39972 arg "layout Itemize"
39980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39990 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40017 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40026 arg "layout Description"
40034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40044 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40053 arg "depth-increment"
40061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40067 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40069 \begin_inset space ~
40073 \begin_inset space ~
40082 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40091 arg "depth-decrement"
40099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40105 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40107 \begin_inset space ~
40111 \begin_inset space ~
40120 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40129 arg "float-insert figure"
40137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40143 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40144 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40151 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40160 arg "float-insert table"
40168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40174 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40175 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40182 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40205 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40212 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40221 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
40229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40235 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40242 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40251 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
40259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40265 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40272 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40295 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40297 \begin_inset space ~
40306 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40315 arg "nomencl-insert"
40323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40329 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40331 \begin_inset space ~
40340 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40349 arg "footnote-insert"
40357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40363 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40370 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40379 arg "marginalnote-insert"
40387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40393 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40395 \begin_inset space ~
40404 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40427 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40428 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40430 \begin_inset space ~
40439 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40448 arg "box-insert Frameless"
40456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40462 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40469 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40492 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40499 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40522 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40544 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40553 arg "math-macro newmacroname newcommand"
40561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40567 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40568 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40575 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40584 arg "dialog-show-new-inset include"
40592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40598 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40599 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40601 \begin_inset space ~
40610 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40619 arg "dialog-show character"
40627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40633 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40635 \begin_inset space ~
40644 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40653 arg "layout-paragraph"
40661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40667 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40669 \begin_inset space ~
40678 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40687 arg "thesaurus-entry"
40695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40701 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40715 \begin_layout Subsection
40716 View / Update Toolbar
40717 \begin_inset Index idx
40720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40721 Toolbar ! View / Update
40727 \change_inserted -712698321 1299491111
40731 \begin_layout Standard
40732 \begin_inset Graphics
40733 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
40740 \begin_layout Standard
40741 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
40747 \begin_layout Standard
40748 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
40752 \begin_layout Standard
40753 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
40759 \begin_layout Standard
40760 \begin_inset Tabular
40761 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="7" columns="2">
40762 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
40763 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
40764 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
40765 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40788 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40790 \change_deleted -712698321 1301219015
40792 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219016
40801 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40810 arg "buffer-update"
40818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40824 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40826 \change_deleted -712698321 1301219034
40827 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
40836 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40845 arg "master-buffer-view"
40853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40859 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40861 \change_deleted -712698321 1301219081
40863 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219082
40872 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40881 arg "master-buffer-update"
40889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40895 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40897 \change_deleted -712698321 1301219101
40898 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
40900 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219102
40909 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40918 arg "buffer-toggle-output-sync"
40926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40931 \change_deleted -712698321 1301219324
40935 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219325
40938 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
40940 \change_deleted -712698321 1301219329
40942 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219342
40943 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40944 Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40945 Synchronize with Output
40953 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40959 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219584
40960 \begin_inset Graphics
40961 filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/view-others.png
40963 groupId toolbarbuttons
40970 \change_deleted -712698321 1301219431
40974 arg "buffer-update ps"
40984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40991 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219507
40992 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
40994 \change_deleted -712698321 1301219457
40995 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
40996 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40998 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219471
40999 View (Other Formats)
41007 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41013 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219587
41014 \begin_inset Graphics
41015 filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/update-others.png
41017 groupId toolbarbuttons
41026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41031 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219513
41034 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41035 Update (Other Formats)
41046 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219552
41050 \begin_layout Standard
41052 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219630
41053 * These icons might look different for you if you do not use the default
41059 \begin_layout Subsection
41063 \begin_layout Standard
41064 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
41065 \begin_inset space ~
41069 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41071 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
41075 , the table toolbar
41076 \begin_inset Index idx
41079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41089 manual, the math macro toolbar
41090 \begin_inset Index idx
41093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41106 \begin_layout Chapter
41107 The Document Settings
41108 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41110 name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
41115 \begin_inset Index idx
41118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41119 Document ! Settings
41127 \begin_layout Standard
41128 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
41129 whole document and is called with the menu
41131 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41135 You can save your document settings as default with th
41137 e Save as Document Defaults
41139 button in the dialog.
41140 This will create a template named
41144 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
41148 \begin_layout Standard
41149 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
41152 \begin_layout Section
41156 \begin_layout Standard
41157 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
41159 Document classes are described in section
41160 \begin_inset space ~
41164 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41166 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
41171 Some classes use some class options by default.
41172 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
41176 and you can decide to use them or not.
41177 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
41178 recommended not to touch them.
41179 The graphics driver is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout
41185 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
41186 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
41191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41192 When you want one of the following drivers
41193 \begin_inset Newline newline
41196 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
41197 \begin_inset Newline newline
41200 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
41201 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41205 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41207 target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
41219 \begin_layout Standard
41220 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
41221 child or subdocument.
41222 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
41223 without its master.
41224 This way child documents are always compilable.
41225 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
41236 \begin_layout Section
41240 \begin_layout Standard
41241 This submenu is only visible when your document includes child documents.
41242 Please refer to the section
41250 manual for details.
41253 \begin_layout Section
41257 \begin_layout Standard
41258 Modules are explained in section
41259 \begin_inset space ~
41263 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41265 reference "sub:Modules"
41272 \begin_layout Section
41276 \begin_layout Standard
41277 The document font settings are described in section
41278 \begin_inset space ~
41282 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41284 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
41291 \begin_layout Section
41295 \begin_layout Standard
41296 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
41298 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
41302 \begin_layout Standard
41303 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
41304 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
41305 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
41308 \begin_layout Standard
41309 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
41317 \begin_layout Section
41321 \begin_layout Standard
41322 A description of this menu is given in section
41323 \begin_inset space ~
41327 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41329 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
41334 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41336 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
41343 \begin_layout Section
41347 \begin_layout Standard
41348 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
41349 \begin_inset space ~
41353 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41355 reference "sub:Margins"
41362 \begin_layout Section
41364 \begin_inset Index idx
41367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41368 Language ! Encoding
41376 \begin_layout Standard
41377 The document language and quote styles are set here.
41378 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
41379 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
41380 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
41381 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
41382 known for a particular character).
41386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41387 The known commands are defined in a text file.
41388 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
41393 manual for details.
41401 \begin_layout Standard
41402 If you use the option
41406 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
41407 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
41408 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
41409 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
41410 exactly one encoding.
41411 Checking this option is the preferred setting.
41414 \begin_layout Standard
41415 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
41416 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
41417 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
41418 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
41419 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
41420 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
41425 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
41426 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
41427 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
41428 The situation is much better with XeTeX and LuaTeX, two new alternative
41429 engines to standard LaTeX.
41430 Both engines support Unicode natively.
41431 LyX now also supports these two engines (via the output formats
41434 \begin_inset space ~
41441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41453 \begin_inset space ~
41460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41472 \begin_inset space ~
41478 \begin_inset space ~
41482 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41484 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
41488 ), so if the above options fail, you might try out one of these new engines.
41491 \begin_layout Standard
41492 Here is a list with the important encodings:
41495 \begin_layout Description
41497 \begin_inset space ~
41501 \begin_inset space ~
41505 \begin_inset space ~
41512 , but the LaTeX-package
41517 \begin_inset Index idx
41520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41521 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
41527 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
41528 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
41529 languages in TeX code.
41532 \begin_layout Description
41533 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
41534 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
41535 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
41538 \begin_layout Description
41540 \begin_inset space ~
41544 \begin_inset space ~
41547 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
41550 \begin_layout Description
41552 \begin_inset space ~
41556 \begin_inset space ~
41559 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
41562 \begin_layout Description
41564 \begin_inset space ~
41567 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
41570 \begin_layout Description
41572 \begin_inset space ~
41576 \begin_inset space ~
41579 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, the same
41580 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
41583 \begin_layout Description
41585 \begin_inset space ~
41589 \begin_inset space ~
41592 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
41596 \begin_layout Description
41598 \begin_inset space ~
41602 \begin_inset space ~
41605 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a subset of the
41606 ISO-8859-13 encoding
41609 \begin_layout Description
41611 \begin_inset space ~
41615 \begin_inset space ~
41619 \begin_inset space ~
41622 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
41623 \begin_inset space ~
41629 \begin_layout Description
41631 \begin_inset space ~
41635 \begin_inset space ~
41639 \begin_inset space ~
41642 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
41643 Romanian, Slovak and Slovenian
41646 \begin_layout Description
41648 \begin_inset space ~
41652 \begin_inset space ~
41655 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
41656 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
41657 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
41658 \begin_inset space ~
41662 \begin_inset space ~
41668 \begin_layout Description
41670 \begin_inset space ~
41674 \begin_inset space ~
41677 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
41678 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
41679 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
41680 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
41681 \begin_inset space ~
41685 \begin_inset space ~
41691 \begin_layout Description
41693 \begin_inset space ~
41697 \begin_inset space ~
41700 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
41703 \begin_layout Description
41705 \begin_inset space ~
41709 \begin_inset space ~
41712 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
41715 \begin_layout Description
41717 \begin_inset space ~
41721 \begin_inset space ~
41724 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian and Ukrainian
41727 \begin_layout Description
41729 \begin_inset space ~
41732 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
41735 \begin_layout Description
41737 \begin_inset space ~
41740 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
41743 \begin_layout Description
41745 \begin_inset space ~
41749 \begin_inset space ~
41752 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
41755 \begin_layout Description
41757 \begin_inset space ~
41761 \begin_inset space ~
41767 \begin_layout Description
41769 \begin_inset space ~
41773 \begin_inset space ~
41776 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
41779 \begin_layout Description
41781 \begin_inset space ~
41785 \begin_inset space ~
41791 \begin_layout Description
41793 \begin_inset space ~
41797 \begin_inset space ~
41800 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
41805 \begin_inset Index idx
41808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41809 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
41814 , when using this, set the document language to
41819 \begin_layout Description
41821 \begin_inset space ~
41825 \begin_inset space ~
41828 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
41832 , when using this, set the document language to
41835 \begin_inset space ~
41841 \begin_layout Description
41843 \begin_inset space ~
41847 \begin_inset space ~
41850 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
41855 \begin_inset Index idx
41858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41859 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
41864 , when using this, set the document language to
41869 \begin_layout Description
41871 \begin_inset space ~
41875 \begin_inset space ~
41878 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
41882 , when using this, set the document language to
41887 \begin_layout Description
41889 \begin_inset space ~
41893 \begin_inset space ~
41896 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
41900 , when using this, set the document language to
41905 \begin_layout Description
41907 \begin_inset space ~
41910 (EUC-KR) for Korean
41913 \begin_layout Description
41915 \begin_inset space ~
41919 \begin_inset space ~
41923 \begin_inset space ~
41926 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese and Turkish
41929 \begin_layout Description
41931 \begin_inset space ~
41935 \begin_inset space ~
41939 \begin_inset space ~
41942 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
41943 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian and Slovenian, is designed
41944 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
41947 \begin_layout Description
41949 \begin_inset space ~
41953 \begin_inset space ~
41959 \begin_layout Description
41961 \begin_inset space ~
41965 \begin_inset space ~
41968 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
41969 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
41972 \begin_layout Description
41974 \begin_inset space ~
41978 \begin_inset space ~
41981 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
41986 \begin_inset Index idx
41989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41990 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
41995 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
41998 \begin_layout Description
42000 \begin_inset space ~
42004 \begin_inset space ~
42007 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
42015 , which use Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
42020 LyX automatically selects this encoding if you export or preview XeTeX
42022 Normally you do not need to set this encoding manually.
42025 \begin_layout Description
42027 \begin_inset space ~
42031 \begin_inset space ~
42034 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
42039 \begin_inset Index idx
42042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42043 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
42048 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
42051 \begin_layout Description
42053 \begin_inset space ~
42056 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
42061 \begin_inset Index idx
42064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42065 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
42071 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
42075 \begin_layout Description
42077 \begin_inset space ~
42081 \begin_inset space ~
42085 \begin_inset space ~
42088 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
42089 \begin_inset space ~
42095 \begin_layout Description
42097 \begin_inset space ~
42101 \begin_inset space ~
42105 \begin_inset space ~
42108 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
42109 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
42110 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-15
42114 \begin_layout Description
42116 \begin_inset space ~
42120 \begin_inset space ~
42124 \begin_inset space ~
42127 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
42128 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
42129 \change_inserted -712698321 1299489919
42133 \begin_layout Standard
42135 \change_inserted -712698321 1299575911
42136 Finally, the dialog lets you select a specific language package for the
42139 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42140 LatexCommand formatted
42141 reference "sub:Prefs-Language"
42145 for more information on the language package.
42150 \begin_layout Section
42154 \begin_layout Standard
42155 You can adjust here the numbering depth of section headings and the section
42156 depth in the table of contents as described in section
42157 \begin_inset space ~
42161 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42163 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
42170 \begin_layout Section
42174 \begin_layout Standard
42175 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX packages
42180 \begin_inset Index idx
42183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42184 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
42194 \begin_inset Index idx
42197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42198 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
42203 , you can enable subdivided bibliographies using the LaTeX package
42208 \begin_inset Index idx
42211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42212 LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
42217 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
42219 For a further description see section
42220 \begin_inset space ~
42224 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42226 reference "sec:Bibliography"
42233 \begin_layout Section
42237 \begin_layout Standard
42238 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
42239 and you can define additional indexes.
42240 Please refer to section
42241 \begin_inset space ~
42245 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42247 reference "sec:Index"
42254 \begin_layout Section
42258 \begin_layout Standard
42259 The PDF properties are explained in section
42260 \begin_inset space ~
42264 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42266 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
42273 \begin_layout Section
42277 \begin_layout Standard
42278 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
42283 \begin_inset Index idx
42286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42287 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
42297 \begin_inset Index idx
42300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42301 LaTeX-packages ! esint
42306 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
42309 \begin_layout Standard
42314 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
42315 ensure that you have enabled AMS.
42318 \begin_layout Standard
42323 is used for special integral characters.
42326 \begin_layout Section
42330 \begin_layout Standard
42331 The float placement options are described in section
42332 \begin_inset space ~
42336 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42338 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
42345 \begin_layout Section
42349 \begin_layout Standard
42350 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
42351 The itemize environment is described in section
42352 \begin_inset space ~
42356 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42358 reference "sec:Itemize"
42365 \begin_layout Section
42369 \begin_layout Standard
42370 Branches are described in section
42371 \begin_inset space ~
42375 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42377 reference "sec:Branches"
42382 \change_inserted -712698321 1299490648
42386 \begin_layout Section
42388 \change_inserted -712698321 1299490977
42390 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42392 name "sec:Doc-Output"
42399 \begin_layout Standard
42401 \change_inserted -712698321 1299490684
42402 Here you can define some output specifics for the current document:
42405 \begin_layout Description
42407 \change_inserted -712698321 1299575868
42409 \begin_inset space ~
42413 \begin_inset space ~
42416 Format: The format that is used when you hit
42417 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42421 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42425 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42429 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42433 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42436 View Master Document
42437 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42441 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42444 Update Master Document
42445 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42452 menu or the toolbar.
42453 The default is set in
42455 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42456 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42460 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42461 LatexCommand formatted
42462 reference "sec:File-Formats"
42469 \begin_layout Description
42471 \change_inserted -712698321 1299490926
42473 \begin_inset space ~
42477 \begin_inset space ~
42481 \begin_inset Note Note
42484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42486 \change_inserted -712698321 1299490928
42497 \begin_layout Description
42499 \change_inserted -712698321 1299490931
42501 \begin_inset space ~
42505 \begin_inset space ~
42509 \begin_inset Note Note
42512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42514 \change_inserted -712698321 1299490933
42527 \begin_layout Section
42532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42542 \begin_layout Standard
42543 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
42544 to define LaTeX-commands.
42545 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
42546 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
42550 \begin_layout Standard
42551 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
42552 \begin_inset space ~
42556 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42558 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
42565 \begin_layout Chapter
42571 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42573 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
42578 \begin_inset Index idx
42581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42590 \begin_layout Standard
42591 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
42593 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42597 It has the following submenus.
42600 \begin_layout Section
42604 \begin_layout Subsection
42608 \begin_layout Subsubsection
42609 User Interface File
42610 \begin_inset Index idx
42613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42614 Customization ! of toolbars
42620 \begin_inset Index idx
42623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42624 Customization ! of menus
42632 \begin_layout Standard
42633 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
42636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42641 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
42650 \begin_layout Standard
42651 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
42652 interface (ui) file.
42653 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
42654 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
42663 Both files are loaded by the
42668 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
42669 files and edit the entries.
42672 \begin_layout Standard
42673 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
42685 entries must be ended with an explicit
42710 and in the case of the
42711 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42715 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42723 The syntax for the entries is:
42726 \begin_layout Standard
42727 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
42733 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42741 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42745 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42749 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42755 \begin_layout Standard
42757 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
42760 All LyX-functions are listed in the menu
42762 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42764 \begin_inset space ~
42772 \begin_layout Standard
42773 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
42779 \begin_layout Standard
42780 An example: Assuming you use the menu
42782 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42785 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
42789 \begin_layout Standard
42790 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
42796 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42800 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42804 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42808 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42814 \begin_layout Standard
42816 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
42819 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
42822 \begin_layout Subsubsection
42826 \begin_layout Standard
42829 Enable tool tips in main work area
42831 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
42835 \begin_layout Subsubsection
42839 \begin_layout Standard
42843 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42847 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42850 restoring of window layout and geometries
42852 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
42853 in the last LyX session.
42856 \begin_layout Standard
42859 Restore cursor positions
42861 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
42865 \begin_layout Standard
42868 Load opened files from last session
42870 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
42873 \begin_layout Subsubsection
42875 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42877 name "sub:Backup documents"
42882 \begin_inset Index idx
42885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42894 \begin_layout Standard
42899 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
42902 \begin_layout Standard
42907 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
42910 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42912 \begin_inset space ~
42920 \begin_layout Standard
42923 Open documents in tabs
42925 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
42929 \begin_layout Subsection
42931 \begin_inset Index idx
42934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42941 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42943 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
42950 \begin_layout Standard
42951 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
42954 \begin_layout Standard
42955 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
42958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42963 This section only deals with the fonts
42968 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
42971 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42972 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42983 \begin_layout Standard
42984 By default, LyX uses
42988 as roman (serif) font,
42996 (depends on the system) as
42999 \begin_inset space ~
43015 \begin_layout Standard
43016 You can change the font size with the
43021 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
43022 current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
43025 \begin_layout Standard
43030 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
43031 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
43033 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43036 points have the size of 1
43037 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43041 \begin_inset space ~
43045 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43047 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
43054 \begin_layout Standard
43059 are the same as if a document font size of 10
43060 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43064 The sizes are explained in detail in section
43065 \begin_inset space ~
43069 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43071 reference "sub:Document-Font"
43078 \begin_layout Standard
43081 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
43083 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
43084 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
43085 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
43086 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
43088 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
43089 \begin_inset space ~
43095 \begin_layout Subsection
43097 \begin_inset Index idx
43100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43107 \begin_inset Index idx
43110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43119 \begin_layout Standard
43120 You can here change all the colors used by LyX.
43121 Choose an item in the list and use the
43128 \begin_layout Subsection
43130 \begin_inset Index idx
43133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43142 \begin_layout Standard
43143 Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed.
43146 \begin_layout Standard
43151 enables previewing snippets of your document.
43152 This feature is described in section
43153 \begin_inset space ~
43157 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43159 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
43166 \begin_layout Standard
43170 \begin_inset space ~
43174 \begin_inset space ~
43178 \begin_inset space ~
43183 displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
43186 \begin_layout Section
43188 \begin_inset Index idx
43191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43200 \begin_layout Subsection
43204 \begin_layout Subsubsection
43208 \begin_layout Standard
43211 Cursor follows scrollbar
43213 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
43217 \begin_layout Standard
43220 Sort environments alphabetically
43222 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
43225 \begin_layout Standard
43228 Group environments by their category
43230 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
43233 \begin_layout Standard
43234 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
43246 \begin_layout Subsubsection
43250 \begin_layout Standard
43251 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
43256 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
43257 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
43261 \begin_layout Subsection
43263 \begin_inset Index idx
43266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43273 \begin_inset Index idx
43276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43277 Settings ! Shortcuts
43285 \begin_layout Subsubsection
43289 \begin_layout Standard
43290 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
43291 Several binding files are available:
43294 \begin_layout Description
43295 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
43298 \begin_layout Description
43299 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
43310 \begin_layout Description
43311 mac.bind set of bindings for
43314 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43322 \begin_layout Standard
43323 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
43327 , and bind files for special languages.
43328 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
43329 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43333 \begin_inset space \space{}
43337 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43341 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43345 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
43349 \begin_layout Standard
43350 Some bind-files, like
43354 , have only a small scope.
43355 When looking at the end of the file
43359 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
43362 \begin_layout Subsubsection
43364 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43366 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
43371 \begin_inset Index idx
43374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43375 Key Bindings ! Editing
43383 \begin_layout Standard
43384 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
43385 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
43386 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
43389 Show key-bindings containing
43392 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
43393 Insert there for example as keyword
43394 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43398 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43401 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
43403 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43407 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43411 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
43412 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
43416 that you will find in the
43423 \begin_layout Standard
43425 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43429 \begin_inset space \space{}
43440 , select the function and press the
43445 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
43446 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
43447 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
43448 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
43449 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
43451 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
43453 The binding for the function
43457 is an example of this.
43460 \begin_layout Standard
43461 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
43463 The syntax of the entries is:
43466 \begin_layout Standard
43472 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43476 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43480 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43484 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43490 \begin_layout Subsection
43492 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43494 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
43499 \begin_inset Index idx
43502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43509 \begin_inset Index idx
43512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43513 Settings ! Keyboard Map
43521 \begin_layout Standard
43522 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
43523 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
43525 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43529 \begin_inset space \space{}
43532 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
43533 can use the keyboard map file named
43540 \begin_layout Standard
43541 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
43544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43549 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
43557 \begin_layout Standard
43558 Besides this, you can specify here the
43560 Wheel scrolling speed
43563 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
43567 \begin_layout Subsection
43569 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43571 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
43576 \begin_inset Index idx
43579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43588 \begin_layout Standard
43589 Input completion is described in sec.
43590 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43594 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43596 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
43601 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
43603 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
43604 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
43608 \begin_layout Section
43610 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43617 \begin_inset Index idx
43620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43627 \begin_inset Index idx
43630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43639 \begin_layout Description
43641 \begin_inset space ~
43644 directory This is LyX's working directory.
43645 It is the default when you
43656 \begin_inset space ~
43664 \begin_layout Description
43666 \begin_inset space ~
43669 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
43671 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43673 \begin_inset space ~
43677 \begin_inset space ~
43685 \begin_layout Description
43687 \begin_inset space ~
43690 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
43696 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43700 \begin_inset Newline newline
43704 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
43707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43716 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
43724 \begin_layout Description
43726 \begin_inset space ~
43730 \begin_inset Index idx
43733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43739 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
43740 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
43741 \begin_inset space ~
43745 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43747 reference "sub:Backup documents"
43755 will be used to save the backups.
43756 \begin_inset Newline newline
43759 The backup files have the ending
43760 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43764 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43770 \begin_layout Description
43775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43782 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
43783 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
43784 \begin_inset Newline newline
43788 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
43791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43796 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
43804 \begin_layout Description
43806 \begin_inset space ~
43809 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
43812 \begin_layout Description
43814 \begin_inset space ~
43817 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
43818 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
43819 to find it on the system.
43820 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
43821 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
43823 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43827 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43830 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
43831 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
43835 \begin_layout Section
43839 \begin_layout Standard
43840 Here you can insert your name and email address.
43841 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
43843 \begin_inset space ~
43847 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43849 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
43853 , to mark changes you make as yours.
43856 \begin_layout Section
43858 \begin_inset Index idx
43861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43862 Language ! Settings
43868 \begin_inset Index idx
43871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43872 Settings ! Language
43880 \begin_layout Subsection
43882 \change_inserted -712698321 1299489311
43884 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43886 name "sub:Prefs-Language"
43895 \begin_layout Description
43897 \begin_inset space ~
43901 \begin_inset space ~
43904 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
43905 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
43906 It works on Linux for the languages into LyX's menus and dialogs are translated.
43907 You find the actual translation status here:
43908 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43910 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
43911 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
43918 \begin_layout Description
43920 \begin_inset space ~
43923 language is the language used in new documents
43926 \begin_layout Description
43928 \begin_inset space ~
43932 \change_deleted -712698321 1299488193
43934 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488196
43936 \change_deleted -712698321 1299488202
43937 LaTeX-command to load a
43938 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488203
43942 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488206
43944 \change_deleted -712698321 1299488206
43948 \change_deleted -712698321 1299488213
43950 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488217
43951 should be loaded to
43954 \change_deleted -712698321 1299488219
43958 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488496
43960 Language issues which are handled by this package include proper hyphenation
43961 as well as localization of dates and text strings such as
43962 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43966 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43970 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43974 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43981 \change_deleted -712698321 1299488237
43982 default is the LaTeX-command
43989 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488356
43990 most widespread language
43993 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488356
43999 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488633
44002 , it's the default language package in classic LaTeX.
44003 However, more recent typesetting engines such as XeTeX and LuaTeX come
44004 with an alternative language package (
44008 ) that is more suited for the multi-script support of these engines.
44009 Furthermore, there are also specific language packages for languages not
44011 \change_deleted -712698321 1299488271
44016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44017 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
44018 \begin_inset space ~
44022 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44024 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
44036 \begin_inset Newline newline
44040 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488707
44041 The available selections are:
44045 \begin_layout Itemize
44048 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488784
44057 Selects the most appropriate language package for the current typesetting
44061 \begin_layout Itemize
44064 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488874
44069 Uses always babel, even if another package (such as polyglossia) would have
44070 been preferred by automatic setting; this essentially allows to select
44071 babel instead of polyglossia with XeTeX and LuaTeX
44074 \begin_layout Itemize
44077 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488983
44082 Lets you load some other language package (via
44095 \begin_layout Itemize
44098 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488998
44103 Loads no language package at all
44104 \change_deleted -712698321 1299488523
44109 automatically translates in the background the text labels of documents
44110 to the document language.
44111 A text label is, for instance, the word
44112 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44116 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44119 at the beginning of every table caption.
44125 \begin_layout Description
44127 \change_inserted -712698321 1299489281
44129 \begin_inset space ~
44133 \begin_inset space ~
44136 Point Define the default decimal point for the use in tables (decimal point
44140 \begin_layout Description
44142 \begin_inset space ~
44145 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
44146 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
44147 An example is the start command
44153 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
44158 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
44173 selectlanguage{$$lang}
44178 \begin_layout Description
44180 \begin_inset space ~
44188 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
44189 command toggles the package on and off.
44192 \begin_layout Description
44194 \change_deleted -712698321 1299489034
44196 \begin_inset space ~
44208 \begin_layout Description
44210 \change_inserted -712698321 1299489068
44212 \begin_inset space ~
44216 \begin_inset space ~
44220 \change_deleted -712698321 1299489066
44222 \change_inserted -712698321 1299489071
44226 \change_inserted -712698321 1299489073
44229 When this option is set, the languages used in the document will be added
44230 as options to the document class options, so that they can be used by all
44232 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
44239 \begin_layout Description
44241 \begin_inset space ~
44244 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
44246 When this option is not set, the
44249 \begin_inset space ~
44254 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
44255 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
44258 \begin_inset space ~
44266 \begin_layout Description
44268 \begin_inset space ~
44274 \begin_inset space ~
44280 When it is not set, the
44283 \begin_inset space ~
44288 is set to the end of the document.
44291 \begin_layout Description
44293 \begin_inset space ~
44297 \begin_inset space ~
44300 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
44301 language will be underlined blue.
44304 \begin_layout Description
44306 \begin_inset space ~
44310 \begin_inset space ~
44313 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
44314 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
44317 \begin_layout Description
44319 \begin_inset space ~
44322 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
44323 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
44324 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
44325 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
44328 \begin_layout Subsection
44332 \begin_layout Standard
44333 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
44334 \begin_inset space ~
44338 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44340 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
44347 \begin_layout Section
44351 \begin_layout Subsection
44353 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44360 \begin_inset Index idx
44363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44370 \begin_inset Index idx
44373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44382 \begin_layout Description
44384 \begin_inset space ~
44387 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
44388 The name will be used when the
44393 \begin_inset Newline newline
44397 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44405 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
44413 \begin_layout Description
44415 \begin_inset space ~
44419 \begin_inset space ~
44423 \begin_inset space ~
44426 printer This option works only for the
44431 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44439 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44443 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
44444 This is an option only for dvips experts.
44447 \begin_layout Description
44449 \begin_inset space ~
44452 command is the command LyX
44453 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44457 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44460 LaTeX uses for printing.
44461 The default is on most systems
44468 \begin_layout Description
44470 \begin_inset space ~
44474 \begin_inset space ~
44477 Options Here you can specify printer options.
44478 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
44479 of the program that provides the
44486 \begin_layout Subsection
44488 \begin_inset Index idx
44491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44498 \begin_inset Index idx
44501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44502 Settings ! Date format
44510 \begin_layout Standard
44511 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
44512 \begin_inset Newline newline
44516 \begin_inset Flex URL
44519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44521 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
44527 \begin_inset Newline newline
44530 For example the format
44531 \begin_inset Newline newline
44535 \begin_inset Newline newline
44538 prints the date as day/month/year.
44541 \begin_layout Subsection
44545 \begin_layout Description
44547 \begin_inset space ~
44551 \begin_inset space ~
44554 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
44557 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44558 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44560 \begin_inset space ~
44566 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
44570 \begin_layout Description
44572 \begin_inset space ~
44575 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
44580 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
44581 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
44584 \begin_layout Subsection
44589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44597 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44599 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
44604 \begin_inset Index idx
44607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44616 \begin_layout Description
44618 \begin_inset space ~
44625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44633 \begin_inset space ~
44637 \begin_inset space ~
44640 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
44645 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
44667 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
44668 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44676 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44680 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
44681 LyX sets up in the background.
44682 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
44685 \begin_layout Description
44687 \begin_inset space ~
44691 \begin_inset space ~
44694 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
44699 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
44702 \begin_layout Standard
44703 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
44704 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
44705 manuals of the applications.
44706 Currently the following commands can be set:
44709 \begin_layout Description
44714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44722 \begin_inset space ~
44725 command Command for the program
44729 that is described in the section
44735 Additional Features
44740 \begin_layout Description
44745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44753 \begin_inset space ~
44756 command Command for the program
44760 that generates the bibliography, see section
44761 \begin_inset space ~
44765 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44767 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
44774 \begin_layout Description
44776 \begin_inset space ~
44779 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
44780 \begin_inset space ~
44784 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44786 reference "sub:Index-Program"
44793 \begin_layout Description
44795 \begin_inset space ~
44798 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
44799 \begin_inset space ~
44803 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44805 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
44812 \begin_layout Description
44814 \begin_inset space ~
44818 \begin_inset space ~
44822 \begin_inset space ~
44826 \begin_inset space ~
44829 options They only have an effect when the program
44833 is used as DVI-viewer.
44836 \begin_layout Standard
44837 There are additionally the following options:
44840 \begin_layout Description
44842 \begin_inset space ~
44846 \begin_inset space ~
44850 \begin_inset space ~
44854 \begin_inset space ~
44858 \begin_inset space ~
44861 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
44862 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44868 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44872 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44876 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44879 to separate folders.
44880 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
44881 \begin_inset Index idx
44884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44891 \begin_inset Index idx
44894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44903 \begin_layout Description
44905 \begin_inset space ~
44909 \begin_inset space ~
44913 \begin_inset space ~
44917 \begin_inset space ~
44921 \begin_inset space ~
44925 \begin_inset space ~
44928 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
44930 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44933 dialog when changing the document class.
44936 \begin_layout Section
44938 \begin_inset space ~
44942 \begin_inset Index idx
44945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44954 \begin_layout Subsection
44956 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44958 name "sub:Converters"
44963 \begin_inset Index idx
44966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44975 \begin_layout Standard
44976 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
44977 from one format to another.
44978 You can modify them or create new ones.
44979 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
44986 \begin_inset space ~
44996 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
45000 \begin_inset space ~
45005 drop-down list, modify the
45009 field, and press the
45016 \begin_layout Standard
45019 Converter File Cache
45021 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
45024 Maximum Age (in days
45027 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
45028 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
45031 \begin_layout Standard
45032 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
45033 the converter definition, is described in the section
45044 \begin_layout Subsection
45046 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45048 name "sec:File-Formats"
45053 \begin_inset Index idx
45056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45063 \begin_inset Index idx
45066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45075 \begin_layout Standard
45076 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
45077 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
45079 \change_inserted -712698321 1299490494
45083 \begin_layout Standard
45085 \change_inserted -712698321 1299490573
45086 Furthermore, you can define the
45087 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45090 Default output format
45091 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45094 that is used when you hit
45095 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45099 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45103 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45107 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45111 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45114 View Master Document
45115 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45119 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45122 Update Master Document
45123 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45126 in the Edit menu or the toolbar.
45131 \begin_layout Standard
45132 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
45133 is described in the section
45144 \begin_layout Standard
45145 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
45146 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
45147 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
45148 This is done by specifying a
45153 More about this is described in the section
45164 \begin_layout Chapter
45165 Units available in LyX
45166 \begin_inset Index idx
45169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45176 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45178 name "cha:Units-available-in"
45185 \begin_layout Standard
45186 To understand the units described in this documentation,
45187 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45189 reference "cap:Units"
45193 explains all units available in LyX.
45196 \begin_layout Standard
45197 \begin_inset Float table
45203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45204 \begin_inset Caption
45206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45207 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45222 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
45228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45230 \begin_inset Tabular
45231 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
45232 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
45233 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
45234 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
45236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45330 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45334 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45358 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45362 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45385 scaled point (65536
45386 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45390 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45414 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45418 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45442 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45446 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
45450 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45474 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45478 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45501 % of original image width
45508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45690 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45694 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45715 \begin_layout Chapter
45717 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45726 \begin_layout Standard
45727 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
45728 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
45731 \begin_layout Itemize
45734 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
45737 \begin_layout Itemize
45743 \begin_layout Itemize
45749 \begin_layout Itemize
45755 \begin_layout Itemize
45761 \begin_layout Itemize
45767 \begin_layout Itemize
45773 \begin_layout Itemize
45779 \begin_layout Itemize
45782 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
45785 \begin_layout Itemize
45791 \begin_layout Itemize
45797 \begin_layout Itemize
45803 \begin_layout Itemize
45809 \begin_layout Itemize
45815 \begin_layout Itemize
45821 \begin_layout Itemize
45827 \begin_layout Itemize
45833 \begin_layout Itemize
45835 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
45844 \begin_layout Standard
45845 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
45848 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
45855 \begin_layout Bibliography
45856 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45857 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45858 LatexCommand bibitem
45865 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45868 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
45873 \begin_inset Newline newline
45877 \begin_inset Flex URL
45880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45882 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
45890 \begin_layout Bibliography
45891 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45892 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45893 LatexCommand bibitem
45894 key "latexcompanion"
45898 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
45900 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
45903 Addison-Wesley, 2004
45906 \begin_layout Bibliography
45907 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45908 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45909 LatexCommand bibitem
45914 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
45917 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
45920 Addison-Wesley, 2003
45923 \begin_layout Bibliography
45924 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45925 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45926 LatexCommand bibitem
45933 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
45936 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
45939 \begin_layout Bibliography
45940 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45941 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45942 LatexCommand bibitem
45954 Addison-Wesley, 1984
45957 \begin_layout Bibliography
45958 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45959 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45960 LatexCommand bibitem
45966 \begin_inset Newline newline
45970 \begin_inset Flex URL
45973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45975 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
45983 \begin_layout Bibliography
45984 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45985 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45986 LatexCommand bibitem
45992 \begin_inset Newline newline
45996 \begin_inset Flex URL
45999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46001 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
46009 \begin_layout Bibliography
46010 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46011 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46012 LatexCommand bibitem
46018 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46020 name "Documentation"
46021 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
46030 \begin_inset Newline newline
46034 \begin_inset Flex URL
46037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46039 http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
46047 \begin_layout Bibliography
46048 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46049 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46050 LatexCommand bibitem
46056 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46058 name "Documentation"
46059 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
46063 how to use the program
46068 \begin_inset Newline newline
46072 \begin_inset Flex URL
46075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46077 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
46085 \begin_layout Bibliography
46086 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46087 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46088 LatexCommand bibitem
46094 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46096 name "Documentation"
46097 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
46106 \begin_inset Newline newline
46110 \begin_inset Flex URL
46113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46115 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
46123 \begin_layout Bibliography
46124 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46125 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46126 LatexCommand bibitem
46132 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46134 name "Documentation"
46135 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
46144 \begin_inset Newline newline
46148 \begin_inset Flex URL
46151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46153 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
46161 \begin_layout Bibliography
46162 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46163 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46164 LatexCommand bibitem
46170 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46172 name "Documentation"
46173 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
46177 of the LaTeX-package
46182 \begin_inset Index idx
46185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46186 LaTeX-packages ! caption
46192 \begin_inset Newline newline
46196 \begin_inset Flex URL
46199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46201 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
46209 \begin_layout Bibliography
46210 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46211 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46212 LatexCommand bibitem
46218 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46220 name "Documentation"
46221 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
46225 of the LaTeX-package
46230 \begin_inset Index idx
46233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46234 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
46240 \begin_inset Newline newline
46244 \begin_inset Flex URL
46247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46249 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
46257 \begin_layout Bibliography
46258 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46259 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46260 LatexCommand bibitem
46268 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46270 name "Documentation"
46271 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
46277 of the LaTeX-package
46282 \begin_inset Index idx
46285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46286 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
46292 \begin_inset Newline newline
46296 \begin_inset Flex URL
46299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46301 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
46309 \begin_layout Bibliography
46310 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46311 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46312 LatexCommand bibitem
46318 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46320 name "Documentation"
46321 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
46325 of the LaTeX-package
46330 \begin_inset Index idx
46333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46334 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
46340 \begin_inset Newline newline
46344 \begin_inset Flex URL
46347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46349 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
46357 \begin_layout Bibliography
46358 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46359 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46360 LatexCommand bibitem
46366 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46368 name "Documentation"
46369 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
46373 of the LaTeX-package
46378 \begin_inset Index idx
46381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46382 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
46388 \begin_inset Newline newline
46392 \begin_inset Flex URL
46395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46397 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
46405 \begin_layout Bibliography
46406 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46407 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46408 LatexCommand bibitem
46414 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46416 name "Documentation"
46417 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
46421 of the LaTeX-package
46426 \begin_inset Index idx
46429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46430 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
46436 \begin_inset Newline newline
46440 \begin_inset Flex URL
46443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46445 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
46453 \begin_layout Bibliography
46454 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46455 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46456 LatexCommand bibitem
46462 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46465 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
46469 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
46470 \begin_inset Newline newline
46474 \begin_inset Flex URL
46477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46479 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
46487 \begin_layout Bibliography
46488 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46489 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46490 LatexCommand bibitem
46496 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46499 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
46503 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
46504 \begin_inset Newline newline
46508 \begin_inset Flex URL
46511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46513 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
46521 \begin_layout Bibliography
46522 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46523 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46524 LatexCommand bibitem
46530 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46533 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
46537 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
46538 \begin_inset Newline newline
46542 \begin_inset Flex URL
46545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46547 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
46555 \begin_layout Bibliography
46556 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46557 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46558 LatexCommand bibitem
46564 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46567 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
46571 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
46572 \begin_inset Newline newline
46576 \begin_inset Flex URL
46579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46581 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
46589 \begin_layout Bibliography
46590 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46591 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46592 LatexCommand bibitem
46598 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46601 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
46605 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
46606 \begin_inset Newline newline
46610 \begin_inset Flex URL
46613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46615 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
46623 \begin_layout Bibliography
46624 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46625 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46626 LatexCommand bibitem
46632 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46635 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
46639 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
46640 \begin_inset Newline newline
46644 \begin_inset Flex URL
46647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46649 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
46657 \begin_layout Bibliography
46658 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46659 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46660 LatexCommand bibitem
46666 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46669 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
46673 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
46674 \begin_inset Newline newline
46678 \begin_inset Flex URL
46681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46683 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
46691 \begin_layout Bibliography
46692 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46693 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46694 LatexCommand bibitem
46700 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46703 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
46707 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
46708 \begin_inset Newline newline
46712 \begin_inset Flex URL
46715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46717 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
46725 \begin_layout Bibliography
46726 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46727 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46728 LatexCommand bibitem
46734 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46737 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
46741 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
46742 \begin_inset Newline newline
46746 \begin_inset Flex URL
46749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46751 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
46759 \begin_layout Bibliography
46760 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46761 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46762 LatexCommand bibitem
46768 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46771 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20"
46775 about new features in
46780 \begin_inset Newline newline
46784 \begin_inset Flex URL
46787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46789 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20
46797 \begin_layout Standard
46798 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
46805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46832 \begin_inset Note Note
46835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46842 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
46843 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
46844 bibliography is the second one:
46852 \begin_layout Standard
46853 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
46854 LatexCommand bibtex
46855 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
46856 options "biblio/alphadin"
46863 \begin_layout Standard
46864 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
46867 \begin_layout Standard
46868 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
46869 LatexCommand printnomenclature
46875 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
46876 LatexCommand printindex